Call Reestablishment (RAN16.0 01)

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature

Parameter Description
Issue
01
Date
2014-04-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address:
Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
support@huawei.com
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description
Contents
Contents
1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1
1.1 Scope..............................................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................1
1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................1
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types.......................................................................................................................3
2 Overview.........................................................................................................................................5
2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................................................5
2.2 Benefits...........................................................................................................................................................................5
2.3 Architecture....................................................................................................................................................................5
3 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization..........................................................................................10

3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection..............................................................................................................10
3.1.1 Detection Principle....................................................................................................................................................10
3.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an RL Out-of-Synchronization Problem......................................11
3.2 Call Reestablishment....................................................................................................................................................12
3.2.1 Triggering..................................................................................................................................................................13
3.2.2 Implementation..........................................................................................................................................................15
4 SRB Reset......................................................................................................................................18
4.1 SRB Reset Detection....................................................................................................................................................18
4.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an SRB Reset...............................................................................18
4.2.1 Triggering..................................................................................................................................................................20
4.2.2 Implementation..........................................................................................................................................................21
5 TRB Reset......................................................................................................................................22
5.1 TRB Reset Detection....................................................................................................................................................22
5.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by a TRB Reset.................................................................................22
5.2.1 Triggering..................................................................................................................................................................23
5.2.2 Implementation..........................................................................................................................................................24
6 Air-Interface Process Timeout..................................................................................................25

Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

ii
WCDMA RAN
Contents
6.1 Air-Interface Process Timeout Detection.....................................................................................................................25

6.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup Timeout.....................................................................................................................................25
6.1.2 Radio Bearer Release Timeout of PS Services..........................................................................................................30
6.1.3 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Timeout....................................................................................................................33
6.1.4 Physical Channel Reconfiguration Timeout..............................................................................................................35
6.1.5 Security Mode Setup Timeout...................................................................................................................................36
7 Air-interface Process Overlap...................................................................................................39

7.1 Air-Interface Process Overlap Detection......................................................................................................................39
8 Related Features...........................................................................................................................46
8.1 Prerequisite Features.....................................................................................................................................................46
8.2 Mutually Exclusive Features........................................................................................................................................46
8.3 Impacted Features.........................................................................................................................................................46
9 Network Impact...........................................................................................................................47
9.1 System Capacity...........................................................................................................................................................47
9.2 Network Performance...................................................................................................................................................47
10 Engineering Guidelines...........................................................................................................48
10.1 When to Use Call Reestablishment............................................................................................................................48
10.2 Required Information.................................................................................................................................................48
10.3 Planning......................................................................................................................................................................48
10.4 Deployment................................................................................................................................................................49
10.4.1 Requirements...........................................................................................................................................................49
10.4.2 Data Preparation......................................................................................................................................................49
10.4.3 Activation................................................................................................................................................................55
10.4.4 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................61
10.4.5 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................61
10.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................66
10.6 Parameter Optimization..............................................................................................................................................67
10.7 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................................67
11 Parameters...................................................................................................................................68
12 Counters....................................................................................................................................214
13 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................215
14 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................216
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

iii
WCDMA RAN
1 About This Document
About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes the WRFD-140103 Call Reestablishment, including its technical
principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines.
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
l
Need to understand the features described herein
Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
l
Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version
RAN16.0 01 (2014-04-30)
This issue includes the following changes.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature
change
None
None

WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Editorial
change
Optimized descriptions in the

following sections:
None
l 3.2.2 Implementation
l 10.2 Required Information
Optimized figures in chapter 6
Air-Interface Process Timeout.
None
Deleted descriptions about the

scenario 2 in section 7.1 AirInterface Process Overlap
Detection.
None
Optimized descriptions of MML

Command Example in section
10.4.3 Activation.
None
RAN16.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)

Compared with Issue 03 (2013-09-30) of RAN15.0, Draft A (2014-01-20) of RAN16.0 includes
the following changes.
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature
change
Added the method of monitoring

the number of CS RABs that are
released due to call
reestablishments. For details, see
section Number of Released CS
RABs.
Added the StatisticTmrAfterRlReEst

(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
Added the restriction that UEs

with certain parameter settings are
prohibited from reestablishing
services on the FACH. For details,
see section "2.3 Architecture."
Added the following switch and

parameter:
l SpecUserFunctionSwitch4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_
LIMITATION
l TAC_FUNC(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Optimized the call

reestablishment triggered by
timeout of the radio bearer (RB)
setup process. For details, see
section "6.1.1 Radio Bearer
Setup Timeout."
Added the following switch and

parameter:
l OptimizationSwitch4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITC
H
l RbSetupRspTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Editorial
change
Optimized the call

reestablishment triggered by
timeout of the RB reconfiguration
process. For details, see section
"6.1.3 Radio Bearer
Reconfiguration Timeout."
Added the following switches:
This feature can be batch activated

using the CME. For details, see
section Using the CME (Method
1).
None
None
None
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_OPT_S
WITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_SETUP_RLREEST_UM_TRB
_OPT_SWITCH
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

This document applies to the following types of base stations.
Base Station
Model
Macro
l 3900 series base stations

l DBS3800
l BTS3812E
l BTS3812AE
Micro
l BTS3803E
l BTS3902E
LampSite
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
DBS3900

WCDMA RAN
The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on macro, micro, and
LampSite base stations.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

WCDMA RAN
2 Overview
Overview
2.1 Introduction
Call reestablishment is a function by which radio links (RLs) are reestablished when a service
interruption or an access failure occurs in temporary coverage holes and in tunnels, elevators,
and buildings that cause significant signal quality fluctuation.
Call reestablishment can be initiated by a UE or the RAN.
l
Call reestablishment initiated by a UE: The UE sends a call reestablishment request to the
network to restore services upon detecting a downlink RL out-of-synchronization problem
or a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset.
Call reestablishment initiated by the RAN: After the RAN detects a service interruption or
an access failure (possibly due to a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset or an uplink RL outof-synchronization problem) before the UE does, the RAN stops the UE's downlink RL
sets to enable the UE to detect downlink RL out-of-synchronization problem as soon as
possible. Upon detecting a downlink RL out-of-synchronization problem, the UE sends a
call reestablishment request to the RAN to restore services.
This document describes only call reestablishment initiated by the RAN.
2.2 Benefits
Call reestablishment initiated by the RAN improves user experience.
2.3 Architecture
Causes That Can Trigger Call Reestablishment
The causes that can trigger call reestablishment after a service interruption or an access failure
are as follows:
l
RL out-of-synchronization problem
SRB reset
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

WCDMA RAN
Air-interface process timeout
Air-interface process overlap
PS TRB reset
2 Overview
Processes That Can Trigger Call Reestablishment

The preceding causes are involved in the following processes:
l
Soft handover
Physical channel reconfiguration

Physical channel reconfiguration during hard handovers
Physical channel reconfiguration for the starting of the compressed mode
Physical channel reconfiguration during code tree reshuffling
Physical channel reconfiguration during serving cell updates
Physical channel reconfiguration for adjustments of the UE Rx-Tx timing
Physical channel reconfiguration during power adjustments for HSUPA channels
Inter-RAT handover
RB setup
RB release
RB reconfiguration
Measurement control command issuing
PS data transmission
Security mode setup
Before releasing RLs due to any of the causes, the RAN detects the service interruption or access
failure and initiates call reestablishment.
Mapping Between Service Types, Triggering Processes, and Triggering Causes

Table 2-1 provides the mapping between service types, triggering processes, and triggering
causes.
Table 2-1 Mapping between service types, triggering processes, and triggering causes
Service Type
Triggering Process
Triggering Cause
CS/PS
Soft handover
l RL out-ofsynchronization
problem
l SRB reset
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

WCDMA RAN
Service Type
2 Overview
Triggering Process
Physical channel
reconfiguration
Triggering Cause
Hard handover
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
Compressed mode
setup
problem
l SRB reset
Code tree reshuffling
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
(CS only)
l Air-interface
process overlap
(CS only)
Serving cell update
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
Adjustments of the
UE Rx-Tx timing
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
(CS only)
l Air-interface
process overlap
(CS only)
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

WCDMA RAN
Service Type
2 Overview
Triggering Process
Triggering Cause
Inter-RAT handover
problem
l SRB reset
RB setup
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
RB reconfiguration
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
Measurement control command issuing
SRB reset
Security mode setup
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
PS
Power adjustments for HSUPA channels
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
PS service data transmission
TRB reset
RB release
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

WCDMA RAN
2 Overview
NOTE
The cause "RL out-of-synchronization problem" can trigger call reestablishment in processes not listed in
Table 2-1. The other causes can trigger call reestablishment only in processes listed in Table 2-1.
Service/Process/Cause Switches of Call Reestablishment

Call reestablishment is controlled by the following switches:
l
Service switches
Service switches include a CS service switch and a PS service switch. Enable a service
switch before enabling a process or cause switch.
Process switches
Each triggering process listed in Table 2-1 has a switch.
Cause switches
Only the "RL out-of-synchronization problem," "SRB reset," and "air-interface process
overlap" causes have a switch.
Call reestablishment can be triggered only when required switches are enabled. For details about
service/process/cause switches of call reestablishment, see descriptions in the follow-up
chapters.
A UE can only reestablish a service on the DCH instead of the FACH if related parameters for
the UE are set as follows:
l
The TAC_FUNC(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to Special_User_Enhance.
SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION under the

SpecUserFunctionSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to on.
NOTE
If RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH under theOptimizationSwitch3 parameter is set to on, a single

PS service is reconfigured with a FACH during call reestablishment, regardless of which cause triggers
call reestablishment and which process is involved. Reconfiguring PS services with FACHs may cause
congestions in the FACHs, resulting in an increase of the service drop rate on common channels.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

WCDMA RAN
3 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization
Uplink RL Out of Synchronization
3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection

3.1.1 Detection Principle
The NodeB monitors uplink RL quality. If the number of "out-sync" indications received by the
NodeB reaches the value of the NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6910,BSC6900) parameter, the NodeB
starts the TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer. How the detection process continues depends
on the situation:
l
If the number of "in-sync" indications received by the NodeB reaches the value of the
NINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter before the TRlFailure
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the NodeB stops and resets the TRlFailure
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer.
If the number of "in-sync" indications received by the NodeB does not reach the value of
the NINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter before the TRlFailure
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the NodeB considers that an RL out-ofsynchronization problem has occurred and identifies the RL set where the problem is
located. (An RL set contains all the RLs of a UE under a NodeB.)
NOTE
The higher the value of the NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the harder it will be for RL
out-of-synchronization problems to be triggered. The higher the value of the NINSYNCIND
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the harder it will be for RLs to be synchronized. If either parameter is set
to a high value, RLs may stay on the verge of RL out-of-synchronization problem for a long time, and user
experience will be poor for both CS and PS services. Set NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) to a value
smaller than the default one and NINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) to a value higher than the default
one. This way, RL out-of-synchronization problems are easily triggered for call reestablishment to improve
user experience.
The default value of NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) is 50 and NINSYNCIND
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is 5.
When a UE's uplink RL sets are all out of synchronization, the events that occur depend on the
situation:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

10
WCDMA RAN
If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the call drops or the UE access finally
fails.
If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC activates a synchronization timer.
Table 3-1 shows the mapping between services, OptimizationSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCH switch status, and synchronization timers.
Table 3-1 Mapping between services, OptimizationSwitch:RL_RESTORE_SWITCH switch
status, and synchronization timers
Service
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
Switch Status
Synchronization Timer
CS services
Off
RlRstrTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
On
T313(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Off
RlRstrTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
On
RlRstrTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
PS services
If the NodeB does not detect uplink RL synchronization before the timer expires, call
reestablishment is initiated.
NOTE
Enable the OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCH switch for CS services

so that uplink and downlink RLs are monitored by the same synchronization timer.
When the OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCH switch is enabled, the
synchronization timer used to initiate RL establishment is RlRstrTmr. The T313 timer is used only when
the UE's RL sets are all out of synchronization.
3.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an RL Out-ofSynchronization Problem

To enable the call reestablishment function triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem,
enable the service, process, and cause switches listed in Table 3-2.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

11
WCDMA RAN
Table 3-2 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem

Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
CS_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH
l Inter-RAT handover is controlled by

PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):IRATHO_HOCAN
CEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH.
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RLFAIL_RL_SE
TUP_SWITCH
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
PS_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH
l Active set update is controlled by

OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESET_
SWITCH.
Physical channel reconfiguration is
controlled by PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_RE
EST_SWITCH.
l The RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
under the OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controls
whether call reestablishment can be
triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration
timeout during the DCCC procedure.
l The
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_
SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch
triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration
timeout during procedures other than DCCC.
l The SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
the ImprovementSwitch
triggered by security mode setup timeout.
Enabling a process switch allows RL out-of-synchronization problems to trigger call

reestablishment in the related process. However, RL out-of-synchronization problems can
trigger call reestablishment in processes that are not controlled by the process switches
mentioned in this document.
NOTE
The service switch for CS+PS combined services is the same as that for CS services.
When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for both CS
and PS services.
3.2 Call Reestablishment

Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

12
WCDMA RAN
3.2.1 Triggering
Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem can be
performed under the same RNC or under different RNCs over the Iur interface.
Under the Same RNC

As mentioned in section 3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection, if the NodeB does
not detect uplink RL synchronization before the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) or T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the RNC sends to the NodeB the Radio Link Activation
Command message containing the information element (IE) "deactivate." Upon receiving the
message, the NodeB stops downlink power transmission for the UE's RL sets. Then, the RNC
starts the timers for call reestablishment (CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)
timer for CS services and PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer for PS
services).
l
If the RNC does not receive the Cell Update message from the UE before the timers expire,
the call drops or UE access fails.
If the RNC receives the Cell Update message from the UE before the timers expire, the
RNC stops the timers and initiates call reestablishment.
Figure 3-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL
out-of-synchronization problem under the same RNC.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

13
WCDMA RAN
Figure 3-1 Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem

under the same RNC
Under Different RNCs over the Iur Interface

Call reestablishment under different RNCs is controlled by thePROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH.
Figure 3-2 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL
failure under different RNCs over the Iur interface.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

14
WCDMA RAN
Figure 3-2 Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem

under different RNCs over the Iur interface
Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem under the same

RNC is similar to that triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem under different
RNCs. The main differences between the two processes are as follows:
l
In the former process, the RNC sends the Radio Link Activation Command to the NodeB.
In the latter process, the SRNC sends the Radio Link Deletion Request message to the
DRNC, and upon receiving the Radio Link Deletion Response message from the NodeB,
the DRNC waits for the UE's Cell Update message.
In Figure 3-2, NodeB (Cell A) is under the SRNC and NodeB (Cell B) is under the DRNC.
Before the uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem, the UE has established an RL with each
NodeB. After the uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem, the UE attempts to establish a new
RL only with NodeB (Cell B).
3.2.2 Implementation
Figure 3-3 shows how call establishment is implemented.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

15
WCDMA RAN
Figure 3-3 Flowchart for call reestablishment
The call reestablishment process is implemented as follows:

1.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
After the NodeB stops downlink power transmission for a UE's RLs, the UE starts the T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer if the number of "out-sync" indications received consecutively
from Layer 1 reaches the value of the N313(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.

16
WCDMA RAN
NOTE
The higher the value of the N313(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the harder it will be for the UE to
detect an RL out-of-synchronization problem and the longer the UE may stay on the verge of RL
out-of-synchronization problem.
2.
If the number of "in-sync" indications received consecutively from Layer 1 does not reach
the value of the N315(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter before the T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the UE transmits the Cell Update message with the
cause value "Radio Link Failure" to the RNC for call reestablishment. Meanwhile, the UE
starts the T302(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer as well as the T314(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer
for CS services or the T315(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer for PS services.
3.
If the UE does not receive the Cell Update Confirm message from the RAN side after the
T302(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the UE retransmits the Cell Update message until
the T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)/T315(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires: (The number of
retransmissions is determined by the value of the T302(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.)
If faulty RLs are restored before T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)/T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)

expires, the call reestablishment is successful. Interrupted services are restored or UE access
succeeds.
If faulty RLs are not restored before T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)/T315

(BSC6900,BSC6910) expires, the call reestablishment fails. Services are released or UE
access fails.
NOTE
Set the T313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315(BSC6900,BSC6910), and T314

(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters so that UEs can quickly detect RL out-of-synchronization problem.
Set the timer for RAB assignment on the CN side during call reestablishment to a value greater than the
RB setup response timer (RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)) plus the timer T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
Set the security mode response timer on the CN side to a value greater than the security mode timer
(RRCSECRTMODECMPTMR(BSC6900,BSC6910)) plus the timer T314(BSC6900,BSC6910) on the
RNC side.
Set the timer for a response to the Relocation Command message that is sent by the CN during inter-RAT
handovers to a value greater than the call reestablishment timer.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
For CS services, set the timer to a value greater than CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr

(BSC6900,BSC6910).
For PS services, set the timer to a value greater than PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr

(BSC6900,BSC6910).

17
WCDMA RAN
4 SRB Reset
SRB Reset
4.1 SRB Reset Detection

The RNC sends a message in acknowledged mode (AM) to a UE. However, the RNC does not
receive an ACK message from the UE before the number of SRB RLC PDU retransmissions
reaches the value of the NoDiscardMaxDAT(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the
AMRlcDiscardMode(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to NO_DISCARD, the RNC
triggers an SRB reset and sends the Reset PDU message to the UE to reestablish RLC entities
on both sides. Then one of the following occurs:
l
If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RNC sends the Iu Release Request
message to the core network.
If the call reestablishment function is enabled, call reestablishment is triggered.
4.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an SRB Reset

To enable the call reestablishment function triggered by an SRB reset, enable the service,
process, and cause switches listed in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by an SRB reset
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
CS_RL_SETUP
_SWITCH
l Inter-RAT handover is controlled by

PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):IRATHO_HOCANCE
L_RL_REEST_SWITCH.
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
SRB_RESET_RL
_SETUP_SWITC
H
l Active set update by OptimizationSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESET_S
WITCH.

18
WCDMA RAN
Service Switch
Process Switch
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
PS_RL_SETUP
_SWITCH
l Measurement control is controlled by

OptimizationSwitch:MC_RL_RESET_SWI
TCH.
4 SRB Reset
Cause Switch
l Physical channel reconfiguration is controlled

byPROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_REES
T_SWITCH.
l RB setup is controlled by
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REE
ST_SWITCH and
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWI
TCH.
l RB release is controlled by
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_REL_RL_REEST
_SWITCH (This switch applies to a single PS
service or combined services that include PS
services.)
l RB Radio bearer reconfiguration during DCCC
is controlled by OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_RECFG_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH. (This switch applies to a
single PS service or combined services that
include PS services.)
l Radio bearer reconfiguration during procedures
other than DCCC is controlled by the
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SW
ITCH under the ImprovementSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l Security mode setup is controlled by the
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under the
ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
NOTE
and PS services.
After you enable the process switch, change the length of the process timer so that call
reestablishment is more likely to be triggered by an SRB reset. Table 4-2 shows the mapping
between processes and timers.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

19
WCDMA RAN
4 SRB Reset
Table 4-2 Mapping between processes and timers

Process
Timer
Active set update
HoAsuTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Physical channel reconfiguration
HoPhychRecfgTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RB setup
RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RB reconfiguration during dynamic channel

configuration control (DCCC)
RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

4.2.1 Triggering
Figure 4-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by an SRB reset.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

20
WCDMA RAN
4 SRB Reset
Figure 4-1 Call reestablishment triggered by an SRB reset
Except that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by an SRB
reset is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem. For details, see
3.2.2 Implementation.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

21
WCDMA RAN
5 TRB Reset
TRB Reset
5.1 TRB Reset Detection

The RNC sends an AM PDU to a UE initiating PS services in the CELL_DCH state. If the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE, a TRB reset is triggered. Then one of the following
occurs:
l
message to the core network and the UE's PS services are interrupted.
If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send the Iu Release
Request message to the core network and call reestablishment is triggered. After the call
reestablishment, the UE is still in the CELL_DCH state if the
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch3
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is turned off. If this switch is turned on, the UE moves to
the CELL_FACH state.
5.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by a TRB Reset

To enable the call reestablishment function in this scenario, enable the service and process
switches listed in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause
Switch
The PS service is controlled by

OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SE
TUP_SWITCH.
PDU sending is controlled by

PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITC
H.
None

22
WCDMA RAN
5 TRB Reset
NOTE
Call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset applies only to a single PS service of a UE in the CELL_DCH
state.

5.2.1 Triggering
Figure 5-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset.
Figure 5-1 Call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

23
WCDMA RAN
5 TRB Reset
Except that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by a TRB
reset is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem. For details, see
section 3.2.2 Implementation.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

24
WCDMA RAN
6 Air-Interface Process Timeout
Air-Interface Process Timeout
6.1 Air-Interface Process Timeout Detection

6.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup Timeout
Radio bearer setup timeout occurs in the following scenarios:
l
Scenario 1: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE but does not receive
an ACK message.
Scenario 2: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE and receives an ACK
message. However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Setup Complete message
from the UE.
Scenario 1
The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE but does not receive an ACK message
before the RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. The radio Bearer Setup fails
and either of the following occurs:
l
If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RAN requests the UE to release the
Iu interface resources and the call drops.
If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not request the UE to release
the Iu interface resources but initiates call reestablishment.
In this scenario, the call reestablishment function is controlled by the service switch and process
switch, as described in Table 6-1.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

25
WCDMA RAN
Table 6-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario
1
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause
Switch
The CS service is controlled by

OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_SET
UP_SWITCH.
The RB setup is controlled by

PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH.
None

OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SET
UP_SWITCH.
NOTE
and PS services.
Figure 6-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup
timeout in scenario 1.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

26
WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-1 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario 1
Scenario 2
The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE and receives an ACK message.
However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Setup Complete message from the UE
before the RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. Then either of the following
occurs:
l
message to the core network and the call drops.
Request message to the core network but initiates call reestablishment.
switch, as described in Table 6-2.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

27
WCDMA RAN
Table 6-2 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario
2
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause
Switch
The CS service is controlled by

OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_
SETUP_SWITCH.
RB setup is controlled by
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH and PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_S
WITCHH.
None

OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_
SETUP_SWITCH.
NOTE
and PS services.
switch, as described in Figure 6-2.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

28
WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-2 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario 2
If ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch4

(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is selected,
the call reestablishment process is the same as that in scenario 2 when the RAN has detected
data transmitted by the UE on the newly established link or the uplink synchronization of the
newly established link, or the ReconfigurationStatusIndicator IE in the Cell Update message
from the UE is set to True, as long as the following conditions are met:
l
The RB setup is triggered by DRD.
After RB setup, the channel that carries the SRB is not changed to another one. The Radio
Bearer Setup message has been delivered and the Radio Bearer Setup Complete message
has not been received.
The radio bearer setup timer specified by RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) expires,

which results in a failure in the radio bearer setup process.
During the fast RB reconfiguration, if the Radio Bearer Setup message has been delivered and
the RAN has detected data transmitted by the UE on the newly established link or the uplink
synchronization of the newly established link, or the ReconfigurationStatusIndicator IE in the
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

29
WCDMA RAN
Cell Update message from the UE is set to True, the call establishment process is the same as
that in scenario 2.
6.1.2 Radio Bearer Release Timeout of PS Services

Radio bearer release timeout occurs in the following scenarios:
l
Scenario 1: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE but does not receive
an ACK message.
Scenario 2: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE and receives an
ACK message. However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Release Complete
message from the UE.
NOTE
All the radio bearer releases mentioned in this section are releases of PS services
Scenario 1
The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE but does not receive an ACK message
before the RbRelRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. Then either of the following
occurs:
l
Request message to the core network and call reestablishment is triggered.
To enable the call reestablishment function triggered by radio bearer release timeout, enable the
service and process switches listed in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in scenario
1
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch
The CS service is controlled

by OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_R
L_SETUP_SWITCH.
RB release is controlled by
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_REL_RL_REEST_S
WITCH.
None
Figure 6-3 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer
release timeout in scenario 1.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

30
WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-3 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in scenario 1
The call reestablishment function triggered by radio bearer release timeout applies only to CS
+PS combined services. When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services,
calls are reestablished only for both CS services.
Scenario 2
The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE and receives an ACK message.
However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Release Complete message from the UE
before the RbRelRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. Then either of the following
occurs:
l
Request message to the core network and call reestablishment is triggered.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

31
WCDMA RAN
Table 6-4 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in
scenario 2
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch
The CS service is
controlled by
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_
RL_SETUP_SWITCH.
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_
REL_RL_REEST_SWIT
CH.
None
release timeout in scenario 2.
Figure 6-4 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in scenario 2
The call reestablishment function triggered by radio bearer release timeout applies only to CS
+PS combined services. When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services,
calls are reestablished for both CS and PS services.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

32
WCDMA RAN
6.1.3 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Timeout

After sending a Radio Bear Reconfiguration message to a UE, the RNC starts a timer whose
length is determined by the RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6910,BSC6900) parameter. If the RNC does
not receive a Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete message from the UE before the timer
expires, radio bearer reconfiguration timeout occurs. Then either of the following occurs:
l
If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RNC sends an Iu Release Request
If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send an Iu Release Request
message to the core network but initiates call reestablishment.
Table 6-5 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration
timeout
Service
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause
Switch
CS
services
CS_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH under
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
None
PS
services
PS_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH under
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
The
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SW
ITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter and
the
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITC
H under the OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
control whether call reestablishment
can be triggered by the timeout of radio
bearer reconfiguration in the DCCC
procedure. Call reestablishment can be
triggered by the timeout of radio bearer
reconfiguration in the DCCC
procedure only when these two
switches are enabled.
The
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH under the
ImprovementSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
controls whether call reestablishment
can be triggered by the timeout of radio
bearer reconfiguration in procedures
other than DCCC.
NOTE
When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for both
CS and PS services.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

33
WCDMA RAN
reconfiguration timeout.
Figure 6-5 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration timeout
If a call reestablishment procedure is triggered after a RB procedure (RAB setup,

reconfiguration, or release) fails, the response message may not be received, causing a
failure in configuration of TRB encryption. As a result, the user-plane transmission fails.
TRB in acknowledged mode
For a TRB in acknowledged mode, the user plane transmission may fail after the call
reestablishment is complete if the call reestablishment is triggered by timeout of a RAB
setup, reconfiguration, or release procedure. To prevent the user-plane transmission
failure in this scenario, select RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_OPT_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH.
TRB in unacknowledged mode
For a TRB in unacknowledged mode, the user plane transmission may fail after the call
reestablishment is complete if the call reestablishment is triggered by timeout of a RAB
setup procedure. To prevent the user-plane transmission failure in this scenario, select
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

34
WCDMA RAN
RB_SETUP_RLREEST_UM_TRB_OPT_SWITCH under the

OptimizationSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH. After you select this switch, if a RB Setup Complete message
is not received, the TRB cannot be encrypted. Therefore, the RAB setup procedure ends,
and the call reestablishment procedure will not be triggered.
6.1.4 Physical Channel Reconfiguration Timeout

After sending a Physical Channel Reconfiguration message to a UE, the RNC starts a timer
whose length is determined by the HoPhychRecfgTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter that
applies to the UMTS BSC6900 and UMTS BSC6910. If the RNC does not receive a Physical
Channel Reconfiguration Complete message from the UE before the timer expires, physical
channel reconfiguration timeout occurs. Then either of the following occurs:
l
Table 6-6 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by physical channel reconfiguration
timeout
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause
Switch
CS_RL_SETUP_SWIT
CH under OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
The
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH
and
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_
SWITCH under the
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter control
triggered by physical channel
reconfiguration timeout. Call
reestablishment can be triggered by
physical channel reconfiguration
timeout only when these two switches
are turned on.
None
PS_RL_SETUP_SWIT
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE
When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for both
CS and PS services.
Figure 6-6 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by physical channel
reconfiguration timeout.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

35
WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-6 Call reestablishment triggered by physical channel reconfiguration timeout
6.1.5 Security Mode Setup Timeout

After sending a Security Mode Command message to a UE, the RNC starts a timer whose length
is determined by the RRCSECRTMODECMPTMR(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the
RNC does not receive a Security Mode Complete message from the UE before the timer expires,
security mode setup timeout occurs. Then either of the following occurs:
l
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

36
WCDMA RAN
Table 6-7 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by security mode setup timeout
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause
Switch
CS_RL_SETUP_SWIT
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
The SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under

the ImprovementSwitch
triggered by security mode setup timeout.
None
PS_RL_SETUP_SWIT
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE
Call reestablishment triggered by security mode setup timeout applies to scenarios where a UE has
set up a single service or combined services but the UE experiences a security mode setup failure
when attempting to set up another service.
Figure 6-7 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by security
mode setup timeout.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

37
WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-7 Call reestablishment triggered by security mode setup timeout

Except that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by airinterface process timeout is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem.
For details, see 3.2.2 Implementation.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

38
WCDMA RAN
7 Air-interface Process Overlap
Air-interface Process Overlap
7.1 Air-Interface Process Overlap Detection

The RNC sends a message to a UE, the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) or T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires and an RL ut-of-synchronization problem occurs. For details
about whether to use the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) or T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer,
see 3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection.
The RNC initiates call reestablishment if the UE does not acknowledge the following messages
or the UE does not send the complete message to the RNC for the following message:
l
Radio Bearer Setup
Radio Bearer Release (for a PS service)
Radio Bearer Reconfiguration
Physical Channel Reconfiguration
Security Mode Command
The signaling procedures are similar to those of air-interface process timeout. For details, see
6.1 Air-Interface Process Timeout Detection.
To enable the call reestablishment function in this scenario, enable the service, process, and
cause switches.
No Acknowledgement Message
Table 7-1 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC does not receive
the ACK of the Radio Bearer Setup message from the UE.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

39
WCDMA RAN
Table 7-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by air-interface process overlap in scenario
1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Setup message is not received.)
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch

L_SETUP_SWITCH.
The RB setup is controlled by

PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_
SWITCH.
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
ITCH
The PS service is controlled

(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_R
L_SETUP_SWITCH.
NOTE
and PS services.
the ACK of the Radio Bearer Release message from the UE. This call reestablishment applies
only to CS+PS combined services.
1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Release message is not received.)
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch
The CS service is
controlled by
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_
RL_SETUP_SWITCH.
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWI
TCH.
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
ITCH
NOTE
and PS services.
the ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message from the UE for a single PS service.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

40
WCDMA RAN
1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message for a single PS service is not received.)
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch

L_SETUP_SWITCH.
RB reconfiguration is
controlled by
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_
RECFG_RL_REEST_SW
ITCH.
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
ITCH
the ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message for CS+PS combined services.
1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message for CS+PS combined services is not
received.)
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch

L_SETUP_SWITCH.
RB reconfiguration is
controlled by
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_
RECFG_RL_REEST_SW
ITCH.
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
ITCH
NOTE
and PS services.
No Complete Message after the ACK message

Table 7-5 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC receives the ACK
of the Radio Bearer Setup message but not the Radio Bearer Setup Complete message from the
UE.
1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Setup message is received.)
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch

L_SETUP_SWITCH.
RB setup is controlled by
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_S
ETUP_RL_REEST_SWIT
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
ITCH

41
WCDMA RAN
Service Switch
Process Switch

byOptimizationSwitch
L_SETUP_SWITCH.
CH and
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_
RL_REEST_SWITCHH.
Cause Switch
NOTE
and PS services.
Table 7-6 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC receives the ACK
of the Radio Bearer Release message but not the Radio Bearer Release Complete message from
the UE. This call reestablishment applies only to CS+PS combined services.
1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Release message is received.)
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch

(BSC6900,BSC6910):
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
.
RB release is controlled
byPROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_REL_RL_REEST_S
WITCH.
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
ITCH
NOTE
and PS services.
Table 7-7 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send the
RNC a Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for a single PS service.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

42
WCDMA RAN
Table 7-7 Switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send the RNC a
Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for a single PS service
Service
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch
PS services
PS_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH under
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
The
PHY_RECFG_RE
EST_SWITCH
under the
PROCESSSWITCH
4
(BSC6900,BSC6910
) parameter controls
whether call
reestablishment can
be triggered when
physical channel
reconfiguration
overlaps cell update.
RLFAIL_RL_SET
UP_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
RNC a Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for CS+PS combined services.
Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for CS+PS combined service
Service
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch
CS+PS combined
services
CS_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH under
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
The
PHY_RECFG_RE
EST_SWITCH
under the
PROCESSSWITCH
4
(BSC6900,BSC6910
whether call
reestablishment can
be triggered when
physical channel
reconfiguration
RLFAIL_RL_SET
UP_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
NOTE
and PS services.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

43
WCDMA RAN
RNC a Security Mode Complete message. These switches apply to scenarios where the UE has
set up a PS service and attempts to set up a new service.
Security Mode Complete message
Service
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch
PS services
PS_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH under
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
The
SMC_RL_REEST_
SWITCH under the
ImprovementSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
whether call
reestablishment can
be triggered when
security mode setup
RLFAIL_RL_SET
UP_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
NOTE
and PS services.
RNC a Security Mode Complete message. These switches apply to scenarios where the UE has
set up a CS service and attempts to set up a new service.
Security Mode Complete message
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Service
Service Switch
Process Switch
Cause Switch
CS services
CS_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH under
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
The
SMC_RL_REEST_
SWITCH under the
ImprovementSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
whether call
reestablishment can
be triggered when
security mode setup
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
):
RLFAIL_RL_SET
UP_SWITCH

44
WCDMA RAN
NOTE
and PS services.

Except that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by airinterface process overlap is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem.
For details, see 3.2.2 Implementation.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

45
WCDMA RAN
8 Related Features
Related Features
8.1 Prerequisite Features

None
8.2 Mutually Exclusive Features

None
8.3 Impacted Features

None
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

46
WCDMA RAN
9 Network Impact
Network Impact
9.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.2 Network Performance

When the call reestablishment function is enabled in scenarios with weak coverage or significant
signal fluctuation, calls will be reestablished for UEs with service interruptions or access failures
that are caused by link failures or control/user plane faults. As a result, the call drop rate decreases
and the UE access success rate increases. The exact gains depend on the coverage of the live
network.
When a UE service is interrupted or the UE access fails, channel element (CE), code resources,
and power resources are released for the UE. After call reestablishment succeeds, the released
resources are re-occupied by the UE.
The call reestablishment function:
l
Generally interrupts CS services for at least 4 seconds
Does not affect network KPIs
Affects CS user experience
Slightly affects non-real-time PS user experience
When the call reestablishment function is enabled for the inter-RAT handover, the values of the
KPIs IRATHO.AttOutCS and IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN will increase and the handover
success rate also increases because inter-RAT handovers are initiated again after call
reestablishment is complete.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

47
WCDMA RAN
10
10 Engineering Guidelines
Engineering Guidelines
10.1 When to Use Call Reestablishment

Use call reestablishment in temporary coverage holes and in tunnels, elevators, and buildings
that cause significant radio signal fluctuation.
10.2 Required Information

Before you enable this function, collect the following information:
l
Causes of call drops or access failures and the number and proportion of times that UEs
are involved in the processes performed over the air interface
Whether RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT6 under the RsvSwitch5(BSC6900,BSC6910)

parameter has been set to ON.
If it is not set to on, it is recommended that you run the following command to set it to
ON:
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch5=RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT6-1;
After this switch is set to ON, the RNC counts call reestablishment attempts that fail in the
following scenarios:
Scenario 1: In the RAB setup process, the RNC delivers a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message to the UE but does not receive an ACK message from the UE. It initiates a call
reestablishment process but the process fails.
message to the UE but does not receive an ACK message from the UE. Instead, it
receives a cell update request with the cause value "radio link failure" or "RLC
Unrecoverable error" and the cell update process fails.
message to the UE and receives a cell update request with a cause value "cell
reselection." However, the call update process fails.
10.3 Planning
None
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

48
WCDMA RAN
10.4 Deployment
10.4.1 Requirements
None
10.4.2 Data Preparation

Table 10-1 Data Preparation
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Parame
ter
Name
Parameter
ID
Remarks
Data
Source
Timer
302
T302
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this parameter based on network conditions.

Otherwise, network performance will be greatly
affected. The recommended value is 2s.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Constant
302
N302
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

affected. The recommended value is 3.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Timer
313
T313
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Constant
313
N313
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

affected. The higher the value of this parameter, the
harder it will be for the UE to detect an RL out-ofsynchronization problem and the longer the UE
stays on the verge of an RL out-of-synchronization
problem. The recommended value is 20.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Constant
315
N315
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Timer
314
T314
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Radio
network
plan
(internal)

49
WCDMA RAN
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Parame
ter
Name
Parameter
ID
Remarks
Data
Source
Timer
315
T315
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Num of
Continu
ous Out
of Sync
Ind
NoutsyncInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

affected. The lower the value of this parameter, the
earlier call reestablishment is triggered by an RL
out-of-synchronization problem. The
recommended value is 50, but you can set this
parameter to a value even lower than the
recommended value to improve user experience.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Num of
Continu
ous in
Sync Ind
NInsyncInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

affected. The higher the value of this parameter, the
earlier call reestablishment is triggered by an RL
out-of-synchronization problem. The
recommended value is 5, but you can set this
parameter to a value even higher than the
recommended value to improve user experience.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Radio
Link
Failure
Timer
Length
TRlFailure
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Timer
for Wait
for Cell
Update
Specific
to CS
UE
CSRLReEst
CellUpdateT
mr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer for call reestablishment for CS services.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Timer
for Wait
for Cell
Update
Specific
to PS UE
PSRLReEst
CellUpdateT
mr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer for call reestablishment for PS services.



Radio
network
plan
(internal)
50
WCDMA RAN
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Parame
ter
Name
Parameter
ID
Remarks
Data
Source
Optimiz
ation
Switch
Optimization
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
SRB_RESE
T_RL_SET
UP_SWITC
H
Switch that controls call reestablishment caused by

SRB resets
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Optimiz
ation
Switch
Optimization
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RLFAIL_R
L_SETUP_
SWITCH

RL out-of-synchronization problem.
Optimiz
ation
Switch
Optimization
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
ASU_RL_R
ESET_SWI
TCH

active set update.
Optimiz
ation
Switch
Optimization
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RB_RECF
G_RL_REE
ST_SWITC
H

RB reconfiguration during DCCC.
Process
Control
Switch 4
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
TRB_RESE
T_RL_REE
ST_SWITC
H

PDU sending.
Determine whether to enable this switch by

referring to 10.2 Required Information.





Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
51
WCDMA RAN
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Parame
ter
Name
Parameter
ID
Remarks
Data
Source
Process
Control
Switch 4
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RB_SETUP
_RL_REES
T_SWITCH

process overlap.
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Process
Control
Switch 4
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
PHY_RECF
G_REEST_
SWITCH

physical channel reconfiguration.
Process
Control
Switch 4
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RB_REL_R
L_REEST_
SWITCH

RB release.
Process
Control
Switch 4
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
IRATHO_H
OCANCEL
_RL_REES
T_SWITCH

inter-RAB handovers.
Optimiz
ation
Switch
Optimization
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
MC_RL_R
ESET_SWI
TCH

measurement control.
Optimiz
ation
Switch
Optimization
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
CS_RL_SE
TUP_SWIT
CH
Switch that controls call reestablishment for CS

services.







Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
52
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter
Name
Parameter
ID
Remarks
Data
Source
Optimiz
ation
Switch
Optimization
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
PS_RL_SE
TUP_SWIT
CH
Switch that controls call reestablishment for PS

services.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Process
Control
Switch 4
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
IUR_RL_R
EEST_SWI
TCH
Switch that controls call reestablishment under

different RNCs.
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Process
Control
Switch 4
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RB_SETUP
_ENHANC
E_RL_REE
ST_SWITC
H
Enhanced switch that controls call reestablishment

caused by RB setup.
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Process
Control
Switch 4
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
PHYCHRE
CFG_ENH_
RL_REEST
_SWITCH
Enhanced switch that controls whether call

reestablishment can be triggered by physical
channel reconfiguration timeout.
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RBRECFG
_ENH_RL_
REEST_SW
ITCH
Enhanced switch that controls whether call

reestablishment can be triggered by radio bearer
reconfiguration timeout during the DCCC
procedure.
Process
Control
Switch 4
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)



Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value


53
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter
Name
Parameter
ID
Remarks
Data
Source
Improve
ment
Switch
Improvemen
tSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
SMC_RL_R
EEST_SWI
TCH
Switch that controls whether call reestablishment

can be triggered by security mode setup timeout.
Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Improve
ment
Switch
Improvemen
tSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
N
ON_DCCC
_RBRECF
G_RL_REE
ST_SWITC
H
Switch that controls whether call reestablishment

can be triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration
timeout during procedures other than DCCC.
Optimization
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RL_RESTO
RE_SWITC
H
Switch that controls call reestablishment triggered

when T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) expires after an
RL out-of-synchronization problem.
Wait RB
setup
response
timer
RbSetupRsp
Tmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this parameter to 10s if PROCESSSWITCH4

(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REEST
_SWITCH is enabled.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Wait RB
release
response
timer
RbRelRspT
mr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_REL_RL_REEST_S
WITCH is enabled.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Wait RB
reconfig
uration
response
timer
RbRecfgRsp
Tmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)'
Set this parameter to 10s if OptimizationSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH is enabled.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
HO
active
set
update
response
timer
HoAsuTmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this parameter to 10s.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
Optimiz
ation
Switch
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)




Default
value/
Recommen
ded value
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
54
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter
Name
Parameter
ID
Remarks
Data
Source
HO
PhyCh
reconfig
uration
timer
HoPhychRe
cfgTmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_REEST_S
WITCH is enabled.
Radio
network
plan
(internal)
10.4.3 Activation
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Set the following parameters appropriately:
l Run the SET UCONNMODETIMER command to set Timer 302, Constant 302, Timer
313, Constant 313, Timer 314, Constant 315, and Timer 315.
l Run the MOD UCELL command to set Num of Continuous in Sync Ind, Num of
Continuous Out of Sync Ind, and Radio Link Failure Timer Length.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specific
to CS UE and Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specific to PS UE.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command and set HO active set update response timer,
HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer, and Wait RB reconfiguration response timer.
Step 2 Enable the switches that control the call reestablishment function for CS and PS services.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH)
under Optimization Switch.
Step 3 Enable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by RL out-ofsynchronization problems and SRB resets.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) under Optimization
Switch.
Step 4 Set the timer for the Active Set Update process.
l Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set HO active set update response timer.
Step 5 Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by measurement
control.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

55
WCDMA RAN
Step 6 Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by PDU sending.
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 7 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by physical channel
reconfiguration.
l Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer.
Step 8 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB setup.
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH and
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 9 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB reconfiguration
during DCCC.
l Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH) under
Optimization Switch.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set Wait RB reconfiguration response
timer.
Step 10 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB release.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH
under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 11 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function under different RNCs.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
Process Control Switch 4.
Step 12 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by inter-RAT
handover.
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 13 Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by
physical channel reconfiguration timeout.
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 14 Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by radio
bearer reconfiguration timeout during the DCCC procedure.
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 15 Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by the
timeout of radio bearer reconfiguration timeout in during procedures other than DCCC.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

56
WCDMA RAN

NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Improvement Switch.
Step 16 Enable the switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by security mode
setup timeout.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
Improvement Switch.
Step 17 Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select RL_RESTORE_SWITCH under
----End
MML Command Example

//Modifying related timers based on user experience
SET UCONNMODETIMER: T302=D1400, N302=3, T313=3, N313=D20, T314=D12,T315=D10,
N315=D20;
MOD UCELL: CellId=01, NInsyncInd=8, NOutsyncInd=8;
//Setting the CS and PS service reestablishment switches to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the cross-Iur link reestablishment switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switches for triggering call reestablishment in case of out-ofsynchronization, SRB reset, and TRB reset to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
OptimizationSwitch=SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&RL_RESTORE
_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the active set update switch and measurement control link reestablishment
switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-1&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the physical channel reconfiguration switch and physical channel
reconfiguration enhancement switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:
PROCESSSWITCH4=PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH-1&PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the RB setup switch, RB setup enhancement switch, and RAB setup
statistics correction switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:
PROCESSSWITCH4=RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1&RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
ImprovementSwitch=RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the RB reconfiguration switch, RB reconfiguration enhancement switch, and
non-DCCC RB reconfiguration switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
OptimizationSwitch=RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
ImprovementSwitch=NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switch for call reestablishment after RB release to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switch for call reestablishment in security mode to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ImprovementSwitch=SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switch for call reestablishment after cancellation of an inter-RAT
handover to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
Using the CME (Method 1)

This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

57
WCDMA RAN
Using the CME (Method 2)

NOTE
When configuring the DPCH Maximum Power Restriction feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single
object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting
interface.
Step 1 Configure a single object on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME configuration interface according to the operation sequence
described in Table 10-2. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see
CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click
on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
----End
Table 10-2 Configuring parameters on the CME
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on
UCONNMO
DETIMER
RNC
Timer 302
T302
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
Constant 302 N302

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 313
T313
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Constant 313 N313

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 314
T314
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Constant 315 N315

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

58
WCDMA RAN
SN
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
MO
UCELL
USTATETI
MER
URRCTRLS
WITCH
NE
RNC
RNC
RNC
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Timer 315
T315
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Num of
Continuous
in Sync Ind
NInsyncInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Num of
Continuous
Out of Sync
Ind
NoutsyncIn
d
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio Link
Failure
Timer
Length
TRlFailure
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer for
Wait for Cell
Update
Specific to
CS UE
CSRLReEst
CellUpdateT
mr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer for
Wait for Cell
Update
Specific to
PS UE
PSRLReEst
CellUpdateT
mr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Optimizatio
n Switch
Optimizatio
nSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Process
Control
Switch 4
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Improvemen
t Switch
Improvemen
tSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on
Yes
Yes
Yes
59
WCDMA RAN
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on
5. (Optional)
USTATETI
MER
RNC
HO active set
update
response
timer
HoAsuTmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
NOTE
Set this
parameter if
OPTIMIZA
TIONSWIT
CH
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
ASU_RL_R
ESET_SWI
TCH is
enabled.
HO PhyCh
reconfigurati
on timer
NOTE
Set this
parameter if
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
PHY_RECF
G_REEST_
SWITCH is
enabled.
Wait RB
reconfigurati
on response
timer
HoPhychRe
cfgTmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RbRecfgRsp
Tmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
NOTE
Set this
parameter if
Optimizatio
nSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RB_RECFG
_RL_REES
T_SWITCH
is enabled.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

60
WCDMA RAN
10.4.4 Activation Observation

In call reestablishment triggered under the same RNC, track the IOS signaling according to
Figure 3-1. If the NBAP_RL_ACT_CMD message can be tracked, the call reestablishment
function is enabled on the live network.
In call reestablishment triggered under different RNCs, track the IOS signaling according to
Figure 3-2. If the RNSAP_RL_DEL_REQ message can be tracked, the call reestablishment
function is enabled on the live network.
After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the values of the IRATHO.AttOutCS and
IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN counters increase.
You can query the values of the following counters to learn the effect of the call reestablishment
function on CS services:
l
VS.AttRlReEst.CS: provides the number of call reestablishment attempts for CS services

in a cell.
VS.SuccRlReEst.CS: provides the number of successful call reestablishments for CS

services in a cell.
10.4.5 Deactivation
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Disable the switches that control the call reestablishment function for CS and PS services.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH)
under Optimization Switch.
Step 2 Disable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by RL out-ofsynchronization problems and SRB resets.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) under Optimization
Switch.
Step 3 Disable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by active set update.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
Step 4 Disable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by measurement
control.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
Step 5 Disable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by PDU sending.
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 6 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by physical channel
reconfiguration.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

61
WCDMA RAN
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH

Step 7 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB setup.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH
and RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 8 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB
reconfiguration.
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH) under
Step 9 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB release.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Step 10 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function under different RNCs.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
Process Control Switch 4.
Step 11 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by inter-RAT
handover.
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 12 Disable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by
physical channel reconfiguration timeout.
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 13 Disable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by radio
bearer reconfiguration timeout during the DCCC procedure.
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 14 Disable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by radio
bearer reconfiguration timeout during procedures other than DCCC.
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Improvement Switch.
Step 15 Disable the switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by security mode
setup timeout.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
Improvement Switch.
Step 16 Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
Step 17 Set the following parameters to the values they were before the function was enabled:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

62
WCDMA RAN
l Run the SET UCONNMODETIMER command to reset the following parameters to their
original values: Timer 302, Constant 302, Timer 313, Constant 313, Timer 314, Constant
315, and Timer 315.
l Run the MOD UCELL command to reset the following parameters to their original values:
Num of Continuous in Sync Ind, Num of Continuous Out of Sync Ind, and Radio Link
Failure Timer Length.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to reset Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specific
to CS UE and Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specific to PS UE to their original values.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER to reset the following parameters to their original values:
HO active set update response timer, HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer, and Wait RB
reconfiguration response timer.
----End
MML Command Example

// Deactivating call reestablishment
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH-0&
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0& RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0
,
OptimizationSwitch=ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH-0&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&RL_REST
ORE_SWITCH-0&RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0;
NOTE
When you deactivate the call reestablishment function, change the values of the following parameters back
to their settings before this function was activated: T302(BSC6900,BSC6910), N302
(BSC6900,BSC6910), T313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315
(BSC6900,BSC6910), T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)(CS), T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)(PS), NInsyncInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910), NoutsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910),
RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910), HoAsuTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) and HoPhychRecfgTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910). Otherwise, network performance will be greatly affected.
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the DPCH Maximum Power Restriction feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single
object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting
interface.
Step 1 Configure a single object on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME configuration interface according to the operation sequence
described in Table 10-3. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see
CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click
on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
----End
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

63
WCDMA RAN
NOTE
When you deactivate the call reestablishment function, change the values of the following parameters back
to their settings before this function was activated: T302(BSC6900,BSC6910), N302
(BSC6900,BSC6910), T313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315
(BSC6900,BSC6910), T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)(CS), T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)(PS), NInsyncInd
RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910), HoAsuTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) and HoPhychRecfgTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910). Otherwise, network performance will be greatly affected.
Table 10-3 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
Config
urable
in CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
RNC
Optimization Switch
Optimization
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
Process Control Switch 4
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Improvement Switch
Improvement
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 302
T302
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Constant 302
N302
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 313
T313
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Constant 313
N313
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 314
T314
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
UCON
NMOD
ETIME
R
RNC

Yes
64
WCDMA RAN
SN
MO
NE
UCELL
USTAT
ETIME
R
USTAT
ETIME
R
RNC
RNC
RNC
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
Constant 315
N315
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 315
T315
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Num of Continuous in Sync Ind
NInsyncInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Num of Continuous Out of Sync Ind
NoutsyncInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio Link Failure Timer Length
TRlFailure
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer for Wait for Cell Update

Specific to CS UE
CSRLReEstC
ellUpdateTm
r
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer for Wait for Cell Update

Specific to PS UE
PSRLReEstC
ellUpdateTm
r
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
HO active set update response timer
HoAsuTmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
NOTE
Roll back this parameter if
OPTIMIZATIONSWITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESE
T_SWITCH is disabled.
HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer

NOTE
Roll back this parameter if
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_R
EEST_SWITCH is disabled.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

Config
urable
in CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
Yes
Yes
Yes
HoPhychRec
fgTmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
65
WCDMA RAN
SN
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
Wait RB reconfiguration response

timer
RbRecfgRsp
Tmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
NOTE
Roll back this parameter if OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH is
disabled.
Config
urable
in CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
10.5 Performance Monitoring

CS Services
After the call reestablishment function is enabled for CS services, observe the following KPIs:
l
Call drop rate: [VS.RAB.AbnormRel.AMR/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.AMR +

VS.RAB.NormRel.AMR)] x 100%
RAB setup success rate: [(VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.AMR/VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR)] x

100%
Inter-RAT handover success rate for CS services: (IRATHO.SuccOutCS)/

(IRATHO.AttOutCS-VS.IRATHOCS.Cancel.ReEstab) 100%
After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the preceding KPIs should be improved or
the same as those before the function was enabled. If the KPIs deteriorated, optimize them.
IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN counters should increase.
function on CS services:
l
VS.AttRlReEst.CS: provides the number of call reestablishment attempts for CS services

in a cell.
VS.SuccRlReEst.CS: provides the number of successful call reestablishments for CS

services in a cell.
PS Services
After the call reestablishment function is enabled for PS services, observe the following KPIs:
l
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
Call drop rate: [VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS +

VS.RAB.NormRel.PS)] x 100%
66
WCDMA RAN
RAB setup success rate: [(VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Conv+VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Str

+VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Int +VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Bkg)/(VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Conv
+VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Str+VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Int +VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Bkg)]x100%
Inter-RAT handover success rate for PS services: (IRATHO.SuccOutPSUTRAN)/

(IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN-VS.IRATHOPS.Cancel.ReEstab) 100%
After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the preceding KPIs should be improved or
the same as those before the function was enabled. If the KPIs deteriorated, optimize them.
IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN counters should increase.
function on PS services:
l
VS.AttRlReEst.PS: provides the number of call reestablishment attempts for PS services

in a cell
VS.SuccRlReEst.PS: provides the number of successful call reestablishments for PS

services in a cell.
Number of Released CS RABs

After the call reestablishment function is enabled, observe the following counters:
l
VS.RAB.Rel.CS.CNInit.AfterReEst: provides the number of CS RABs released during call

reestablishments
VS.RAB.Rel.CS.CNInit.DuringReEst: provides the number of CS RABs released within

a period specified by the timer StatisticTmrAfterRlReEst(BSC6900,BSC6910) after call
reestablishments are complete.
After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the preceding counters should increase.
10.6 Parameter Optimization

To strike a balance between KPIs and user experience, modify the following parameters based
on network conditions: T302(BSC6900,BSC6910), N302(BSC6900,BSC6910), T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315(BSC6900,BSC6910), T314
(BSC6900,BSC6910)(CS), T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)(PS), NInsyncInd
and PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910). Because parameter modification greatly
affects network performance, contact Huawei technical support personnel before you modify
the parameters.
10.7 Troubleshooting
None
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

67
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
11
Parameters
Table 11-1 Parameter description

Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Statistic
TmrAfte
rRlReEs
t
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Meaning: Timer started after radio link (RL)

reestablishment to measure the number of Iu Release
Command or RAB Assignment Request messages
received from the CN. If this parameter is set to 0, the
measurement will not be performed.
GUI Value Range: 0~30
Unit: s
Actual Value Range: 0~30
Default Value: 5
Statistic
TmrAfte
rRlReEs
t
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Meaning: Timer started after radio link (RL)

reestablishment to measure the number of Iu Release
Command or RAB Assignment Request messages
received from the CN. If this parameter is set to 0, the
measurement will not be performed.
Unit: s
Default Value: 5
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

68
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
SpecUse
rFunctio
nSwitch
4
BSC690
0
ADD
UIMEIT
AC
WRFD160103
Termina
l Black
List
Meaning: 1)
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:(Special
UE 4C-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
4C-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the 4C-HSDPA
function. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEs
can use the 4C-HSDPA function. 2)
SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DC-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DC-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSDPA
can use the DC-HSDPA function. 4)
SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DB-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DB-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DB-HSDPA
can use the DB-HSDPA function. 5)
SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DC-HSUPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DC-HSUPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSUPA
can use the DC-HSUPA function. 6)
SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
(RB SETUP Message Size Reduction Disable Switch)
Whether to disable the RB SETUP message size
reduction function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the RB SETUP
message size reduction function. 0: This switch is turned
off and special UEs can use the RB SETUP message
size reduction function. 7)
SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION(RL
Reestablishment on FACH Forbidden for Special UEs)
Whether to forbid special UEs to reestablish their radio
links (RLs) on the FACH. 1: This switch is turned on,
and special UEs cannot reestablish their RLs on the
FACH. 0: This switch is turned off, and special UEs can
reestablish their RLs on the FACH. 8)
SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITC
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
MOD
UIMEIT
AC

69
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H(WB-AMR RB RECFG Disable Switch) Whether to

perform the RB RECFG procedure for special UEs
processing AMR-WB services. 1: This switch is turned
on and the RNC does not perform the RB RECFG
procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB services. 0:
This switch is turned off and the RNC performs the RB
RECFG procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB
services. 9)
SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH
(Fast Recfg Prohibit Switch for Special UE in HHO)
Whether to use the asynchronous configuration mode
for a special UE in hard handover scenarios. 1: This
switch is turned on and the asynchronous configuration
mode is not used for a specified UE in hard handover
scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off and the
asynchronous configuration mode can be used for a
specified UE in hard handover scenarios. 10)
SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH
(UL Garbled Noise Detection and Correction Inhibition
Switch for Special UEs) Whether to forbid UL garbled
noise detection and correction on special UEs. 1: This
switch is turned on, and the RNC does not perform UL
garbled noise detection and correction on specified UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, and the RNC performs UL
static detection and correction on specified UEs. 11)
SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH(HSDPA and
Compressed Mode Coexist Disable Switch) Whether
special UEs processing HSDPA services fall back to the
DCH before the UEs enter the compressed mode. 1:
This switch is turned on and special UEs processing
HSDPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
enter the compressed mode. 0: This switch is turned off
and special UEs processing HSDPA services do not fall
back to the DCH before the UEs enter the compressed
mode. 12)SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH
(HSUPA and Compressed Mode Permission Disable
Switch) Whether special UEs processing HSUPA
services fall back to the DCH before the UEs enter the
compressed mode. 1: This switch is turned on and
special UEs processing HSUPA services fall back to the
This switch is turned off and special UEs processing
HSUPA services do not fall back to the DCH before the
UEs enter the compressed mode. 13)
SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH(HSPA+ and
special UEs processing HSPA+ services fall back to the
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

70
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description

HSPA+ services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
and special UEs processing HSPA+ services do not fall
mode. 14)SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH
(Simultaneous GUL Compressed Mode Disable
Switch) Whether to start GSM, UMTS, and LTE
compressed modes simultaneously for special UEs. 1:
This switch is turned on, and GSM and UMTS
measurements are first started for special UEs, then LTE
measurements. 0: This switch is turned off, and GSM,
UMTS, and LTE compressed modes are started
simultaneously for special UEs. 15)
SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWI
TCH(Security Mode and Cell Update Overlap
Optimization Switch for Special Users) When
SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the CELL UPDATE message
and then processes the security mode message.
However, some special UEs in the CELL_FACH state
experience call drops. When this switch is set to on, the
RNC performs optimized processing for these special
UEs. That is, the RNC sends the CELL UPT CONFIRM
message to these UEs on SRB0 and meanwhile the RNC
does not reset SRB2, SRB3, or SRB4. 1: This switch is
set to on. The RNC performs optimized processing for
these special UEs. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
does not perform optimized processing for these special
UEs.
GUI Value Range:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION,
H,
SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH,
, SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH,
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

71
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
TCH
Default Value:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
:0,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION:
0,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SW
ITCH:0
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

72
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
SpecUse
rFunctio
nSwitch
4
BSC691
0
ADD
UIMEIT
AC
WRFD160103
Termina
l Black
List
Meaning: 1)
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:(Special
SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DC-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DC-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSDPA
can use the DC-HSDPA function. 4)
SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DB-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DB-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DB-HSDPA
can use the DB-HSDPA function. 5)
SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DC-HSUPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DC-HSUPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSUPA
can use the DC-HSUPA function. 6)
SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
(RB SETUP Message Size Reduction Disable Switch)
Whether to disable the RB SETUP message size
reduction function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the RB SETUP
message size reduction function. 0: This switch is turned
off and special UEs can use the RB SETUP message
size reduction function. 7)
SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION(RL
Reestablishment on FACH Forbidden for Special UEs)
Whether to forbid special UEs to reestablish their radio
links (RLs) on the FACH. 1: This switch is turned on,
and special UEs cannot reestablish their RLs on the
FACH. 0: This switch is turned off, and special UEs can
reestablish their RLs on the FACH. 8)
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
MOD
UIMEIT
AC

73
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H(WB-AMR RB RECFG Disable Switch) Whether to

perform the RB RECFG procedure for special UEs
processing AMR-WB services. 1: This switch is turned
on and the RNC does not perform the RB RECFG
procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB services. 0:
This switch is turned off and the RNC performs the RB
RECFG procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB
services. 9)
SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH
(Fast Recfg Prohibit Switch for Special UE in HHO)
Whether to use the asynchronous configuration mode
for a special UE in hard handover scenarios. 1: This
switch is turned on and the asynchronous configuration
mode is not used for a specified UE in hard handover
scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off and the
asynchronous configuration mode can be used for a
specified UE in hard handover scenarios. 10)
(UL Garbled Noise Detection and Correction Inhibition
Switch for Special UEs) Whether to forbid UL garbled
noise detection and correction on special UEs. 1: This
switch is turned on, and the RNC does not perform UL
garbled noise detection and correction on specified UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, and the RNC performs UL
static detection and correction on specified UEs. 11)
SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH(HSDPA and
special UEs processing HSDPA services fall back to the
HSDPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
and special UEs processing HSDPA services do not fall
mode. 12)SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH
(HSUPA and Compressed Mode Permission Disable
Switch) Whether special UEs processing HSUPA
services fall back to the DCH before the UEs enter the
compressed mode. 1: This switch is turned on and
special UEs processing HSUPA services fall back to the
This switch is turned off and special UEs processing
HSUPA services do not fall back to the DCH before the
UEs enter the compressed mode. 13)
SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH(HSPA+ and
special UEs processing HSPA+ services fall back to the
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

74
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description

HSPA+ services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
and special UEs processing HSPA+ services do not fall
mode. 14)SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH
(Simultaneous GUL Compressed Mode Disable
Switch) Whether to start GSM, UMTS, and LTE
compressed modes simultaneously for special UEs. 1:
This switch is turned on, and GSM and UMTS
measurements are first started for special UEs, then LTE
measurements. 0: This switch is turned off, and GSM,
UMTS, and LTE compressed modes are started
simultaneously for special UEs. 15)
TCH(Security Mode and Cell Update Overlap
Optimization Switch for Special Users) When
SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the CELL UPDATE message
and then processes the security mode message.
However, some special UEs in the CELL_FACH state
experience call drops. When this switch is set to on, the
RNC performs optimized processing for these special
UEs. That is, the RNC sends the CELL UPT CONFIRM
message to these UEs on SRB0 and meanwhile the RNC
does not reset SRB2, SRB3, or SRB4. 1: This switch is
set to on. The RNC performs optimized processing for
these special UEs. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
does not perform optimized processing for these special
UEs.
GUI Value Range:
H,
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

75
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
TCH
Default Value:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
:0,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION:
0,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SW
ITCH:0
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

76
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TAC_F
UNC
BSC690
0
ADD
UIMEIT
AC
WRFD160103
Termina
l Black
List
Meaning: The function of the TAC.If Fast_Dormancy

is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are enabled
with the Fast Dormancy feature; if
HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC is selected, the TAC
specifies that the UEs want to establish services on
HSDPA, however, the RNC sets up services on the
DCH, and retries on HSDPA later; if Special_User_Enhance is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are
enabled with the Special User Enhance feature.
MOD
UIMEIT
AC
WRFD020500
RMV
UIMEIT
AC
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
GUI Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,

HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC, Special_User_Enhance
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,
Default Value: None
TAC_F
UNC
BSC691
0
ADD
UIMEIT
AC
MOD
UIMEIT
AC
RMV
UIMEIT
AC
WRFD160103
WRFD020500
Termina
l Black
List
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
Meaning: The function of the TAC.If Fast_Dormancy

is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are enabled
with the Fast Dormancy feature; if
HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC is selected, the TAC
specifies that the UEs want to establish services on
HSDPA, however, the RNC sets up services on the
DCH, and retries on HSDPA later; if Special_User_Enhance is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are
enabled with the Special User Enhance feature.
GUI Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,
Default Value: None
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

77
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Optimiz
ationSwi
tch4
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
None
None
Meaning: 1)
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH
(Reestablish TRB RLC in AM for RL Reestablish)
When radio link (RL) reestablishment is triggered
during RB related procedures, the encryption
parameters configured for the RNC become
inconsistent with those configured for the UE if the
following conditions are met: The RB related procedure
succeeds; the TRB is in acknowledged mode (AM) or
the size of the RLC PDU changes in AM; the RLC entity
is not reestablished for the TRB. As a result, data
transmission fails on the user plane, and the TRB is
reset. This parameter specifies whether the RNC
reestablishes the RLC entity for TRBs that use AM in
the preceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RLC entity is reestablished for the TRB in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RLC entity is
not reestablished for the TRB in the preceding scenario.
2)
RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_S
WITCH(Optimize RL Reestablishment for UM TRB)
When RL reestablishment is triggered during an RB
setup procedure in unacknowledged mode (UM), the
encryption parameters for the RNC and UE cannot be
reconfigured. As a result, after the RL is reestablished,
data transmission fails on the user plane because the
encryption parameters configured for the RNC are
inconsistent with those configured for the UE. Services
are interrupted. This parameter specifies whether the
RNC reestablishes the RL for TRBs that use UM in the
preceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. If the
TRB has been established for the UE, RL
reestablishment is not performed in the preceding
scenario even if its trigger conditions are met. 0: This
switch is turned off. RL reestablishment is performed in
the preceding scenario when its trigger conditions are
met. 3)DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH(DRNC
RL Reestablishment Optimization Switch) Whether the
RNC receives a complete message from the UE during
radio link (RL) reestablishment over the Iur interface.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC receives a
complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
receive a complete message from the UE in the
preceding scenario. 4)
URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWIT
CH Whether the RAN processes a cell update procedure
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

78
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
caused by cell reselection, periodic cell update, UE reentering service area, or an RLC unrecoverable error
during a state transition from URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RAN
processes the cell update procedure during a state
transition from URA_PCH to CELL_FACH. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RAN determines that the cell
update procedure is abnormally triggered and therefore
does not process the procedure. As a result, the cell
update procedure times out, and the UE's connection is
abnormally released, increasing the call drop rate. 5)
RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message in AM to a UE in the CELL_FACH state. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message in AM to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that cannot
receive this message in UM can now correctly receive
this message. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP message in UM to a
UE in the CELL_FACH state. 6)
RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message in AM to a UE that is
transitioning from the CELL_DCH state to the
CELL_FACH state. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
sends a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
message in UM to a UE that is transitioning from the
CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 7)
RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
transitioning from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_DCH state. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
message in AM to a UE that is transitioning from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. Therefore,
those UEs that cannot receive this message in UM can
now correctly receive this message. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message in UM to a UE that is
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

79
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description

CELL_DCH state. 8)
RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the values of the
VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC
counters when performing smooth operations at 3:00
a.m.. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the
values of the VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and
VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC counters when performing
smooth operations at 3:00 a.m.. That is, the RNC does
not calculate the number of UEs that are processing a
signaling procedure into these two counters. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC calculates the number of
UEs that are processing a signaling procedure into these
two counters when performing smooth operations at
3:00 a.m.. The RNC calculates the number of these UEs
into these two counters again after their signaling
procedures are complete. 9)
TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH Whether to enable
load sharing for the SRNS relocations and incoming
Inter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turned
on. During an SRNS relocation and incoming InterRAT handover procedure, the signaling and SCCP are
processed by the same signaling subsystem, and load
sharing is implemented between signaling subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. During an SRNS relocation
and incoming Inter-RAT handover procedure, the
signaling is processed by the signaling subsystem that
carries the serving cell. 10)
IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH(Page UEs
When UEs Release Its CS/PS Connection) Whether the
RNC sends paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH
and URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing
their connections in the CS or PS domain. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC sends paging messages to UEs
in the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states when these
UEs are releasing their connections in the CS or PS
domain. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
send paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and
URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing their
connections in the CS or PS domain. 11)
CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH(CPC
Configuration Optimization Switch During RL Setup)
Whether the CPC is configured in an optimized way
during radio link (RL) setup. 1: This switch is set to on.
The CPC is configured in an optimized way during RL
setup. That is, if the RL activation time is carried, the
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

80
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RNC forwards the RL activation time to the NodeB

during RL setup. If the RL activation time is not carried,
the RNC changes the Enabling Delay to 128. 0: This
switch is set to off. The CPC is not configured in an
optimized way. That is, the RNC neither forwards the
RL activation time to the NodeB during RL setup nor
changes the Enabling Delay. 12)
D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimization Switch for L2 Deactivation Failure
During D2P) Whether to release the RRC connection
after an L2 deactivation failure during the D2P state
transition. This switch is set to off by default. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RRC connection is released
after an L2 deactivation failure. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RRC connection is not released after an L2
deactivation failure. The UE stays in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state, and the dedicated channel is released.
13)EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH(E-FACH
RRC Registration Compatibility Switch) Whether
special UEs use the E-FACH to carry their RRC
CONNECTION SETUP messages when the cell is
enabled with E-FACH. 1: This switch is set to on. the
RNC retransmits the last RRC CONNECTION SETUP
message on the E-FACH if special users do not respond
to the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message on the
FACH. If the UE returns an RRC CONNECTION
SETUP CMP message, the UE stays in the CELL_DCH
state during data transmission. 0: This switch is set to
off. no special processing is performed on special users.
14)
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH
(Discard Responses with Incorrect TRANSCIDs from
UEs During P2D) Whether the RNC discards a RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
message received from a UE during P2D state
transitions when the value of the "RRC transaction
identifier" IE in the message is incorrect. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC discards the message and waits
for the UE's response. 0: This switch is set to off. The
RNC rolls back the P2D state transition procedure. 15)
AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWIT
CH (HHO Rollback Switch for 12.2K AMR Services
with AMRC Enabled) Whether the RNC performs
rollback after 12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experience
hard handover failures in the scenario where the
narrowband AMRC function takes effect. 0: This switch
is set to off. The RNC does not perform rollback after
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

81
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experience hard handover

failures in the preceding scenario. 1: This switch is set
to on. The RNC performs rollback after 12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services experience hard handover failures in
the preceding scenario. 16)
RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITC
H Whether the RNC allocates RG combination indexes
to radio links (RLs) for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
during UE-not-involved relocations. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC allocates RG combination indexes
only to the RLs on the E-DCH for UEs in the
CELL_DCH state during UE-not-involved relocations.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes to all RLs for UEs in the
17)SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(Support
Concurrence of CM and Cell Update) Whether the RNC
supports the concurrence of the compressed mode (CM)
procedure and the cell update procedure. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC rolls back the CM procedure and
then processes the cell update message. 0: This switch
is set to off. The RNC does not support the concurrence
of the CM procedure and the cell update procedure. 18)
DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Procedures for HSPA UEs in CM Under the DRNC)
Whether to solve the problem that the radio link
reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur
interface fails after the DRNC receives a RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message (which
carries the Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence
Information and HS-DSCH FDD Information IEs) over
the Iur interface. 1: This switch is set to on. the radio
link reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the
Iur interface is successful after the DRNC receives the
preceding RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface. 0: This
switch is set to off, the radio link reconfiguration
reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur interface fails after
the DRNC receives the preceding RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message over the
Iur interface. 19)IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimize TransID Allocation for Iub Messages)
Whether the RNC allocates TransIDs to Iub interface
messages in an optimized way. 1: This switch is set to
on. the RNC allocates TransIDs independently to each
NodeB to prevent the message out-of-order problem
caused by NodeBs' responses carrying the same
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

82
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
TransID. 0: This switch is set to off. the RNC allocates

a set of TransIDs to the Iub interface messages for all
NodeBs. 20)L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC correctly reconfigures the parameters
related to the enhanced L2 feature in the following
scenario: The UE has established a service and the
service uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE initiates a
second service and the second service experiences a cell
update failure during its setup and is rolled back. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly configures the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature and
correctly processes the service setup and cell update
rollback in the preceding scenario. When this switch is
set to off, the RNC cannot correctly configure the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature, and
consequently call drops occur. 21)
ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH Radio link (RL)
reestablishment optimization switch for the scenario
where the following functions are enabled: RB fast
setup function for RB setups accompanied by DRDs
with unchanged SRBs, and hard handover fast
reconfiguration. When this switch is set to on, the RNC
determines whether a new RL is synchronized and
whether the CELL UPDATE message carries the
reconfiguration tag. If the RL is not synchronized and
the CELL UPDATE message does not carry the
reconfiguration tag, the RL is reestablished. When this
switch is set to off, the trigger conditions of RL
reestablishment remain unchanged. 22)
RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI-based
Handover Optimization Switch) Whether the IMSIbased handover feature takes effect in multioperator
core network (MOCN) scenarios. 1: This switch is set
to on. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC releases the
connections of the UEs using a certain international
mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) after receiving a
COMMON ID message from the CN. 0: This switch is
set to off. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC does not release
the connections of the UEs using a certain IMSI after
receiving a COMMON ID message from the CN. 23)
IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE in
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE
Messages over Iur) Whether the RADIO LINK
Iur interface carries the MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or
DiscardTimer field in the priorityQueue-Info-toIssue 01 (2014-04-30)

83
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Modify IE when the field will remain unchanged after

the reconfiguration. 1: This switch is set to on. the
message over the Iur interface carries the
MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or DiscardTimer field in the
priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE when the field will
remain unchanged after the reconfiguration. In this case,
the DRNC can successfully reinitiate a relocation
process after a UE of Release 6 and earlier versions
whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA channel is relocated
to the DRNC. 0: This switch is set to off. the RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message
over the Iur interface does not carry the priorityQueueInfo-to-Modify IE when MAChsGuaranteedBitRate
and DiscardTimer remain unchanged after the
reconfiguration. In this case, a UE of Release 6 and
earlier versions whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA
channel fails to reinitiate a relocation process after being
relocated to the DRNC. 24)
URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWIT
CH (No Paging Switch for LAC or SAC Change During
URA Update) Whether paging is performed when the
location area code (LAC) or service area code (SAC) of
the target cell differs from that of the source cell during
a UTRAN registration area (URA) update. 1: This
switch is set to on. Paging is not performed in the
preceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. Paging
is performed in the preceding scenario. 25)
PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
CS Paging During Cell Update) Whether the RNC
optimizes CS paging that occurs during a cell update
procedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC
procedure. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does
not optimize CS paging that occurs during a cell update
procedure, and as a result, the access delay of the CS
called partly is long. 26)
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH
(SRVCC Incoming Relocation Using CS CK Switch)
Whether UEs that are processing CS+PS combined
services use the CS cipher key (CK) during an SRVCC
incoming relocation. 1: This switch is set to on. UEs that
are processing CS+PS combined services use the CS
CK during an SRVCC incoming relocation. This
prevents relocation failures caused by incorrect CKs. 0:
This switch is set to off. UEs that are processing CS+PS
combined services use the CK of the last released
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

84
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
domain during an SRVCC incoming relocation. If the

last released domain is PS, the incoming relocation fails.
27)
SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH
(CBC Socket Receive Data Length Control Switch)
Whether the RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent by
the cell broadcast center (CBC) server. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 Kbytes and that are sent
by the CBC server. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
cannot correctly process the messages whose size is
greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent by the CBC
server. 28)
CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH
(Preferentially Process Cell Update in Process Overlap)
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the cell
update procedure when it overlaps with other
procedures. 1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the cell update procedure in the
preceding scenario. 0: When this switch is set to off, the
original processing method is used. 29)
INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH
(Integrity Protection Optimization Switch for Incoming
Inter-RAT Handovers) Whether the optimized integrity
protection function is enabled for incoming L2U or G2U
inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is set to on. The
integrity protection function is immediately activated
for SRB0 to SRB4 after the incoming L2U or G2U interRAT handover is complete. 0: This switch is set to off.
The integrity protection function is activated only for
SRB2 after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT
handover is complete. The integrity protection for other
SRBs (SRB0, SRB1, SRB3, and SRB4) is activated
only after the UE sends a message. 30)
INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimize the Rate upon NodeB RL Change for H
Services) Whether the rate optimization policy is
applied in the scenario where the radio link (RL) for
HSPA services changes inside the NodeB. 1: This
switch is set to on. The rate optimization policy is
applied in the scenario where the RL for HSPA services
changes inside the NodeB. 0: This switch is set to off.
The rate optimization policy is not applied in the
scenario where the RL for HSPA services changes
inside the NodeB. 31)
DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH(RL
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

85
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Parameter Update Optimization Switch on RNC)

Whether the RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iur
interface can be correctly processed. 1: This switch is
set to on. The RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iur
set to off. The RL PARA UPT IND message over the
Iur interface cannot be correctly processed.
GUI Value Range:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH,
WITCH, DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
CH, RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH,
TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH,
IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH,
CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH,
D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,
EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH,
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH,
CH,
H, SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH,
IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH,
L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,
ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
CH, PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH,
SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH,
CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH,
INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH,
, DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

86
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH,
CH,
Default Value:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_
SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
1,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH:0,RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH:
1,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH:
1,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITC
H:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

87
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH:
0,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH:0,SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH:
0,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWI
TCH:0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH:
1,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITC
H:1,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH:
0,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITC
H:0,DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH:1
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

88
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Optimiz
ationSwi
tch4
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
None
None
Meaning: 1)
(Reestablish TRB RLC in AM for RL Reestablish)
When radio link (RL) reestablishment is triggered
during RB related procedures, the encryption
parameters configured for the RNC become
inconsistent with those configured for the UE if the
following conditions are met: The RB related procedure
succeeds; the TRB is in acknowledged mode (AM) or
the size of the RLC PDU changes in AM; the RLC entity
is not reestablished for the TRB. As a result, data
transmission fails on the user plane, and the TRB is
reset. This parameter specifies whether the RNC
reestablishes the RLC entity for TRBs that use AM in
the preceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RLC entity is reestablished for the TRB in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RLC entity is
not reestablished for the TRB in the preceding scenario.
2)
WITCH(Optimize RL Reestablishment for UM TRB)
When RL reestablishment is triggered during an RB
setup procedure in unacknowledged mode (UM), the
encryption parameters for the RNC and UE cannot be
reconfigured. As a result, after the RL is reestablished,
data transmission fails on the user plane because the
encryption parameters configured for the RNC are
inconsistent with those configured for the UE. Services
are interrupted. This parameter specifies whether the
RNC reestablishes the RL for TRBs that use UM in the
preceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. If the
TRB has been established for the UE, RL
reestablishment is not performed in the preceding
scenario even if its trigger conditions are met. 0: This
switch is turned off. RL reestablishment is performed in
the preceding scenario when its trigger conditions are
met. 3)DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH(DRNC
RL Reestablishment Optimization Switch) Whether the
RNC receives a complete message from the UE during
radio link (RL) reestablishment over the Iur interface.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC receives a
complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
receive a complete message from the UE in the
CH Whether the RAN processes a cell update procedure
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

89
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
caused by cell reselection, periodic cell update, UE reentering service area, or an RLC unrecoverable error
during a state transition from URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RAN
processes the cell update procedure during a state
transition from URA_PCH to CELL_FACH. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RAN determines that the cell
update procedure is abnormally triggered and therefore
does not process the procedure. As a result, the cell
update procedure times out, and the UE's connection is
abnormally released, increasing the call drop rate. 5)
RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message in AM to a UE in the CELL_FACH state. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message in AM to a UE in the
sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP message in UM to a
UE in the CELL_FACH state. 6)
RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
CELL_FACH state. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
message in UM to a UE that is transitioning from the
CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 7)
RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
CELL_DCH state. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
message in AM to a UE that is transitioning from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. Therefore,
those UEs that cannot receive this message in UM can
now correctly receive this message. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message in UM to a UE that is
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

90
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description

CELL_DCH state. 8)
RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the values of the
VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC
counters when performing smooth operations at 3:00
a.m.. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the
values of the VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and
VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC counters when performing
smooth operations at 3:00 a.m.. That is, the RNC does
not calculate the number of UEs that are processing a
signaling procedure into these two counters. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC calculates the number of
UEs that are processing a signaling procedure into these
two counters when performing smooth operations at
3:00 a.m.. The RNC calculates the number of these UEs
into these two counters again after their signaling
procedures are complete. 9)
TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH Whether to enable
load sharing for the SRNS relocations and incoming
Inter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turned
on. During an SRNS relocation and incoming InterRAT handover procedure, the signaling and SCCP are
processed by the same signaling subsystem, and load
sharing is implemented between signaling subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. During an SRNS relocation
and incoming Inter-RAT handover procedure, the
signaling is processed by the signaling subsystem that
carries the serving cell. 10)
IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH(Page UEs
When UEs Release Its CS/PS Connection) Whether the
RNC sends paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH
and URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing
their connections in the CS or PS domain. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC sends paging messages to UEs
in the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states when these
UEs are releasing their connections in the CS or PS
send paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and
URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing their
connections in the CS or PS domain. 11)
CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH(CPC
Configuration Optimization Switch During RL Setup)
Whether the CPC is configured in an optimized way
during radio link (RL) setup. 1: This switch is set to on.
The CPC is configured in an optimized way during RL
setup. That is, if the RL activation time is carried, the
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

91
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RNC forwards the RL activation time to the NodeB

during RL setup. If the RL activation time is not carried,
the RNC changes the Enabling Delay to 128. 0: This
switch is set to off. The CPC is not configured in an
optimized way. That is, the RNC neither forwards the
RL activation time to the NodeB during RL setup nor
changes the Enabling Delay. 12)
D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimization Switch for L2 Deactivation Failure
During D2P) Whether to release the RRC connection
after an L2 deactivation failure during the D2P state
transition. This switch is set to off by default. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RRC connection is released
after an L2 deactivation failure. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RRC connection is not released after an L2
deactivation failure. The UE stays in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state, and the dedicated channel is released.
13)EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH(E-FACH
RRC Registration Compatibility Switch) Whether
special UEs use the E-FACH to carry their RRC
CONNECTION SETUP messages when the cell is
enabled with E-FACH. 1: This switch is set to on. the
RNC retransmits the last RRC CONNECTION SETUP
message on the E-FACH if special users do not respond
to the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message on the
FACH. If the UE returns an RRC CONNECTION
SETUP CMP message, the UE stays in the CELL_DCH
state during data transmission. 0: This switch is set to
off. no special processing is performed on special users.
14)
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH
(Discard Responses with Incorrect TRANSCIDs from
UEs During P2D) Whether the RNC discards a RADIO
message received from a UE during P2D state
transitions when the value of the "RRC transaction
identifier" IE in the message is incorrect. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC discards the message and waits
for the UE's response. 0: This switch is set to off. The
RNC rolls back the P2D state transition procedure. 15)
CH (HHO Rollback Switch for 12.2K AMR Services
with AMRC Enabled) Whether the RNC performs
rollback after 12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experience
hard handover failures in the scenario where the
narrowband AMRC function takes effect. 0: This switch
is set to off. The RNC does not perform rollback after
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

92
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experience hard handover

failures in the preceding scenario. 1: This switch is set
to on. The RNC performs rollback after 12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services experience hard handover failures in
H Whether the RNC allocates RG combination indexes
to radio links (RLs) for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
during UE-not-involved relocations. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC allocates RG combination indexes
only to the RLs on the E-DCH for UEs in the
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes to all RLs for UEs in the
17)SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(Support
Concurrence of CM and Cell Update) Whether the RNC
supports the concurrence of the compressed mode (CM)
procedure and the cell update procedure. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC rolls back the CM procedure and
then processes the cell update message. 0: This switch
is set to off. The RNC does not support the concurrence
of the CM procedure and the cell update procedure. 18)
DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Procedures for HSPA UEs in CM Under the DRNC)
Whether to solve the problem that the radio link
reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur
interface fails after the DRNC receives a RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message (which
carries the Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence
Information and HS-DSCH FDD Information IEs) over
the Iur interface. 1: This switch is set to on. the radio
link reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the
Iur interface is successful after the DRNC receives the
preceding RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface. 0: This
switch is set to off, the radio link reconfiguration
reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur interface fails after
the DRNC receives the preceding RADIO LINK
Iur interface. 19)IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimize TransID Allocation for Iub Messages)
Whether the RNC allocates TransIDs to Iub interface
messages in an optimized way. 1: This switch is set to
on. the RNC allocates TransIDs independently to each
NodeB to prevent the message out-of-order problem
caused by NodeBs' responses carrying the same
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

93
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
TransID. 0: This switch is set to off. the RNC allocates

a set of TransIDs to the Iub interface messages for all
NodeBs. 20)L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC correctly reconfigures the parameters
related to the enhanced L2 feature in the following
scenario: The UE has established a service and the
service uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE initiates a
second service and the second service experiences a cell
update failure during its setup and is rolled back. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly configures the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature and
correctly processes the service setup and cell update
rollback in the preceding scenario. When this switch is
set to off, the RNC cannot correctly configure the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature, and
consequently call drops occur. 21)
ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH Radio link (RL)
reestablishment optimization switch for the scenario
where the following functions are enabled: RB fast
setup function for RB setups accompanied by DRDs
with unchanged SRBs, and hard handover fast
reconfiguration. When this switch is set to on, the RNC
determines whether a new RL is synchronized and
whether the CELL UPDATE message carries the
reconfiguration tag. If the RL is not synchronized and
the CELL UPDATE message does not carry the
reconfiguration tag, the RL is reestablished. When this
switch is set to off, the trigger conditions of RL
reestablishment remain unchanged. 22)
RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI-based
Handover Optimization Switch) Whether the IMSIbased handover feature takes effect in multioperator
core network (MOCN) scenarios. 1: This switch is set
to on. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC releases the
connections of the UEs using a certain international
mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) after receiving a
COMMON ID message from the CN. 0: This switch is
set to off. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC does not release
the connections of the UEs using a certain IMSI after
receiving a COMMON ID message from the CN. 23)
CH(Optimize the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE in
Messages over Iur) Whether the RADIO LINK
Iur interface carries the MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or
DiscardTimer field in the priorityQueue-Info-toIssue 01 (2014-04-30)

94
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Modify IE when the field will remain unchanged after

the reconfiguration. 1: This switch is set to on. the
message over the Iur interface carries the
MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or DiscardTimer field in the
priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE when the field will
remain unchanged after the reconfiguration. In this case,
the DRNC can successfully reinitiate a relocation
process after a UE of Release 6 and earlier versions
whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA channel is relocated
to the DRNC. 0: This switch is set to off. the RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message
over the Iur interface does not carry the priorityQueueInfo-to-Modify IE when MAChsGuaranteedBitRate
and DiscardTimer remain unchanged after the
reconfiguration. In this case, a UE of Release 6 and
earlier versions whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA
channel fails to reinitiate a relocation process after being
relocated to the DRNC. 24)
CH (No Paging Switch for LAC or SAC Change During
URA Update) Whether paging is performed when the
location area code (LAC) or service area code (SAC) of
the target cell differs from that of the source cell during
a UTRAN registration area (URA) update. 1: This
switch is set to on. Paging is not performed in the
preceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. Paging
is performed in the preceding scenario. 25)
PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
CS Paging During Cell Update) Whether the RNC
procedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC
procedure. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does
not optimize CS paging that occurs during a cell update
procedure, and as a result, the access delay of the CS
called partly is long. 26)
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH
(SRVCC Incoming Relocation Using CS CK Switch)
Whether UEs that are processing CS+PS combined
services use the CS cipher key (CK) during an SRVCC
incoming relocation. 1: This switch is set to on. UEs that
are processing CS+PS combined services use the CS
CK during an SRVCC incoming relocation. This
prevents relocation failures caused by incorrect CKs. 0:
This switch is set to off. UEs that are processing CS+PS
combined services use the CK of the last released
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

95
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
domain during an SRVCC incoming relocation. If the

last released domain is PS, the incoming relocation fails.
27)
SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH
(CBC Socket Receive Data Length Control Switch)
Whether the RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent by
the cell broadcast center (CBC) server. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 Kbytes and that are sent
by the CBC server. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
cannot correctly process the messages whose size is
greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent by the CBC
server. 28)
CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH
(Preferentially Process Cell Update in Process Overlap)
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the cell
update procedure when it overlaps with other
procedures. 1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the cell update procedure in the
preceding scenario. 0: When this switch is set to off, the
original processing method is used. 29)
INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH
(Integrity Protection Optimization Switch for Incoming
Inter-RAT Handovers) Whether the optimized integrity
protection function is enabled for incoming L2U or G2U
inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is set to on. The
integrity protection function is immediately activated
for SRB0 to SRB4 after the incoming L2U or G2U interRAT handover is complete. 0: This switch is set to off.
The integrity protection function is activated only for
SRB2 after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT
handover is complete. The integrity protection for other
SRBs (SRB0, SRB1, SRB3, and SRB4) is activated
only after the UE sends a message. 30)
(Optimize the Rate upon NodeB RL Change for H
Services) Whether the rate optimization policy is
applied in the scenario where the radio link (RL) for
HSPA services changes inside the NodeB. 1: This
switch is set to on. The rate optimization policy is
applied in the scenario where the RL for HSPA services
changes inside the NodeB. 0: This switch is set to off.
The rate optimization policy is not applied in the
scenario where the RL for HSPA services changes
inside the NodeB. 31)
DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH(RL
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

96
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Parameter Update Optimization Switch on RNC)

Whether the RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iur
set to on. The RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iur
set to off. The RL PARA UPT IND message over the
Iur interface cannot be correctly processed.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

97
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH,
CH,
Default Value:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_
SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
1,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH:0,RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH:
1,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH:
1,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITC
H:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

98
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH:
0,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH:0,SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH:
0,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWI
TCH:0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH:
1,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITC
H:1,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH:
0,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITC
H:0,DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH:1
RbSetup
RspTmr
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB setup

response from UE in the RB procedure. Refer to the
Note.
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Unit: ms

Default Value: 5000
RbSetup
RspTmr
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB setup

Note.
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Unit: ms

Default Value: 5000
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

99
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Optimiz
ationSwi
tch3
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010901
Intra
RNC
URA
Update
Meaning: 1)
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures one successful handover or
relocation when receiving an Iu release command
message with the cause value "Network Optimization"
from the CN during an outgoing relocation or outgoing
inter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC measures one successful handover or
relocation. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
measures one failed handover or relocation. 2)
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH Whether PS
services are established on the FACH upon call
reestablishment. 1: This switch is turned on. PS services
are established on the FACH upon a call reestablishment
triggered by either of the following factors: - All
downlink radio links for a UE are out of
synchronization. - The SRB over the Uu interface is
reset. 0: This switch is turned off. PS services are
established on the DCH upon a call reestablishment
triggered by either of the preceding factors. 3)
CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC repeatedly calculates the number of
cell update attempts. A UE sends a CELL UPDATE
message in cell 1 and then sends another in cell 2 before
receiving a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message from
the RNC or responding to the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message. The UE completes the cell update
procedure in cell 2. In the preceding scenario, 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC measures one cell update
attempt only. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
repeatedly measures cell update attempts. 4)
D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Whether the optimized D2F procedure takes effect. 1:
This switch is turned on. An expired D2F procedure is
considered as successful if either of the following
conditions is met: - The RB reconfiguration message is
sent in unacknowledged mode (UM), and all the RLs in
the active set receive an RL Fail indication. - The RB
reconfiguration message is sent in the acknowledged
mode (AM), and an ACK response is received from the
UE. If neither of the preceding conditions is met, the
D2F procedure is considered as expired. 0: This switch
is turned off. The optimized D2F procedure does not
take effect. This switch is set to 0 by default. 5)
F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Whether the optimized F2D procedure takes effect. 1:
This switch is turned on. An expired F2D procedure is
WRFD0106100
6
WRFD020203
WRFD010902
WRFD010101
WRFD010510
WRFD020202
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
HSDPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Inter
RNC
URA
Update
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Intra
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

100
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
11 Parameters
Feature
Name
Description
Cell
Update
considered as successful if the RL status is normal. If

the RL status is not normal, the F2D procedure is
considered as expired. 0: This switch is turned off. The
optimized F2D procedure does not take effect. This
switch is set to 0 by default. 6)
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:
This switch is turned on. Load sharing of UEs in the
CELL_PCH state is not triggered among SPU
subsystems and the UEs in the CELL_PCH state are
periodically released on this SPU subsystem if the
following conditions are met: - The CPU usage of the
SPU subsystem exceeds a specified threshold and
exceeds the average CPU usage of the SPU subsystems
under the RNC. - The number of online UEs in the
CELL_PCH state on this SPU subsystem exceeds the
average number of UEs in the CELL_PCH state on the
SPU subsystems under the RNC. 0: This switch is
turned off. Load sharing of UEs in the CELL_PCH state
is triggered among SPU subsystems if the following
conditions are met: - The CPU usage of the SPU
subsystem exceeds a specified threshold and exceeds
the average CPU usage of the SPU subsystems under
the RNC. - The number of online UEs in the
SPU subsystems under the RNC. 7)
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC selects another DSP
to perform load sharing on the user plane when always
online users are activated. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not perform load sharing on the user
plane when always online users are activated. 8)
RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH
Whether the serving cell change procedure is allowed
during the release of all PS RABs. 1: This switch is
turned on. The serving cell change procedure is not
allowed during the release of all PS RABs. 0: This
switch is turned off. The serving cell change procedure
is allowed during the release of all PS RABs. 9)
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH How the
RNC will react if it receives an SCRI message with the
cause value "UE Requested PS Data session end" in the
middle of another procedure. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC maintains the original RRC state and does
not release the connection of the related UE if the RNC
receives an SCRI message with the preceding cause
value in the middle of another procedure. 0: This switch

101
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
is turned off. The RNC releases the connection of the

UE if both of the following conditions are met: The
RNC receives an SCRI message with the preceding
cause value in the middle of another procedure. The
TAC of the UE does not belong to the TACs that are
enabled with fast dormancy. 10)
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH Whether the RNC
retransmits a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to a
UE that is transitioning from the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC retransmits a CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message to a UE that is
transitioning from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
to the CELL_FACH state. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not retransmit a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message to a UE that is transitioning from
the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_FACH state. 11)
UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH
Whether to notify the NodeB of the abnormal RL release
due to poor Uu interface quality. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC notifies the NodeB of the abnormal RL
release due to poor Uu interface quality. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not notify the NodeB of the
abnormal RL release due to poor Uu interface quality.
12)
D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITC
H Whether the RNC considers the D2F state transition
as successful if the RNC does not receive a response
message from the UE within the specified period after
sending a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURTION
message to the UE in acknowledged mode (AM). 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC considers the D2F
state transition as successful if the following conditions
are met: The RNC does not receive a response from the
UE within the specified period after sending a RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION message to the UE
in AM. All radio links (RLs) for the UE are out of
synchronization. The RLCs for all TRBs are in AM. If
any of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNC
undoes the D2F state transition. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC undoes the D2F state transition if the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period after sending a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AM. 13)
AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH (Response Timer Optimization Switch for D2F and
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

102
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
F2D Procedures in AM) Length policy for the timer set

for the RNC to wait for a response message from the UE
after the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AM
during the D2F and F2D state transitions. 1: This switch
is turned on. The length of the timer equals its
configured value (value of the "RbRecfgRspTmr"
parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER" command)
plus four seconds. 0: This switch is turned off. The
length of this timer equals its configured value. 14)
D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH (DT Message
Buffer Switch During D2P) Whether the RNC buffers
the DIRECT TRANSFER message sent by the CN
during the D2P state transition. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT TRANSFER
message. The RNC sends a paging message to the UE
after the D2P state transition is complete and then sends
the buffered DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC forwards the
DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE immediately
after receiving it. 15)
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH Used to
solve code resource conflicts in compressed mode. 1:
This switch is turned on. Code resource conflicts in
compressed mode are solved. 0: This switch is turned
off. Code resource conflicts in compressed mode are not
solved. 16)
H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
(Enable H Serving Cell Change MSG Size Reduction)
Whether to reduce the size of the HSDPA serving cell
change message. 1: This switch is turned on. The size
of the HSDPA serving cell change message is reduced.
0: This switch is turned off. The size of the HSDPA
serving cell change message is not reduced. 17)
FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH
(Fast HSDPA Serving Cell Change Optimization
Switch) Whether to enable the fast HSDPA serving cell
change optimization function. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC includes the IE Delay restriction flag in
the PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
message. For details about the IE Delay restriction flag,
see section 10.2.22 in 3GPP TS25.331. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not include the IE Delay
restriction flag in the PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message. 18)
RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SW
ITCH(SHO Counting Correction Switch in RL
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

103
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Reestablish) When the RL reestablishment function is

enabled, a soft handover procedure is considered as
successful even if the ASU CMP message is not
received if RL reestablishment is triggered during the
soft handover. This parameter specifies whether to
correct the counting of successful soft handovers when
RL reestablishment is triggered during the soft
handover. 1: This switch is turned on. Such a soft
handover procedure is considered as failed. 0: This
switch is turned off. Such a soft handover procedure is
considered as successful. 19)
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH
Whether to enable certain state transition-related
counters to be incremented on a PS RAB basis. These
counters include the VS.DCCC.P2D.Att,
VS.DCCC.P2D.Succ, VS.DCCC.Att.D2U, and
VS.DCCC.Succ.D2U counters. 1: This switch is turned
on. These counters are incremented on a PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is turned off. These counters are
incremented on a UE basis. 20)
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH(RAB
Setup Failure Statistical Optimization Switch) Whether
to optimize the statistics of counters measuring RAB
setup failures and abnormal RAB releases. 1: This
switch is turned on. Under this circumstance, the
statistics of counters measuring RAB setup failures and
abnormal RAB releases are optimized. 0: This switch is
turned off. Under this circumstance, the statistics of
counters measuring RAB setup failures and abnormal
RAB releases are not optimized. 21)
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH (Cell
Update Procedure Optimization Switch) Whether to
enable the optimized processing for the cell update
procedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC supports
the overlapping of these two procedures: cell update
procedure caused by RL failure and P2D/D2P/D2F state
transition procedure. For UEs in the CELL_DCH state,
the RNC performs a cell update procedure based on the
retransmitted CELL UPDATE message if the
retransmitted message carries an SRB or TRB reset
indication. For UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state, when the number of CELL UPDATE messages
with the cause value paging response or UL data
transmission exceeds the value specified by N381, the
RNC sends an RRC connection release message to the
UE in the cell where the UE sends the last CELL
UPDATE message. For UEs in states other than
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

104
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CELL_DCH or in the middle of state transitions other

than P2D, if the SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message with HRNTI from a UE through the DRNC
while waiting for the UE's response to the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message, the SRNC considers the
message as a retransmitted one. 0. This switch is set to
off. The optimized processing for the cell update
procedure is not supported. 22)
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH(Correct the
Paging Retransmission for PTT Services over Uu)
Whether to correct the retransmission period of paging
messages for push to talk (PTT) services over the Uu
interface. 1: This switch is set to on, the retransmission
period of PTT services is corrected. That is, if the RNC
does not receive a paging response within 320 ms after
sending a paging message, the RNC retransmits the
paging message. 0: This switch is set to off, the
retransmission period of PTT services is not corrected.
That is, the RNC retransmits a paging message only
when it does not receive a paging response within 640
ms after sending a paging message. 23)
RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWIT
CH (Respond to RAB Assignment Request upon RRC
Release) Whether the RNC processes the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and returns a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN
in the following scenario: After receiving a RAB
RELEASE REQUEST message from the RNC to
release the last RAB of a UE, the CN does not return an
IU RELEASE COMMAND message but returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST instead. 1: This switch is
set to on. The RNC processes the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message and returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN in the
preceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
does not process the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message in the preceding scenario. 24)
L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH (L2U UP Delay
Optimization Switch) Whether the RNC returns a
RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN to
start UP data transmission immediately after receiving
a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message
during a LTE-to-UMTS handover. 1: This switch is set
to on. The RNC immediately returns a RELOCATION
COMPLETE message to the CN in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. After the RNC
queries the UE's capability and the security mode
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

105
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
procedure is complete, the RNC returns a

RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN. 25)
PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWI
TCH (Optimize UE Selection for Outgoing Inter-RAT
Handover in Basic Congestion) Whether the LDR
algorithm on the RNC side updates the attribute of
outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE after an F2D,
P2D, or D2D state transition procedure. 1: This switch
is set to on. The LDR algorithm on the RNC side updates
the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE
after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state transition procedure.
In this way, the LDR algorithm on the RNC side can
select appropriate UEs for outgoing inter-RAT
handovers when the cell is in basic congestion state. 0:
This switch is set to off. The LDR algorithm on the RNC
side does not update the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT
handover for a UE after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state
transition procedure.
GUI Value Range:
(SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH),
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH
(RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH),
(CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
), D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
(D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),
(F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
(FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
(FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),
(RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH),
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH
(SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH),
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH
(P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH),
(UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITC
H),
H
(D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH),
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

106
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH
(AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH), D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH
(CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH),
(H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH),
(FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH
),
ITCH
(RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_S
WITCH),
(COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH),
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH
(RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH),
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
(CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH),
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH
(PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH),
CH
(RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWIT
CH), L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH
(L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH),
TCH
(PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SW
ITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH,
D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,
RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH,
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH,
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH,
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

107
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
,
H,
CH, D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,
H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH,
ITCH,
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH,
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH,
CH, L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH
Default Value:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH:
0,UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITC
H:
0,D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH:
0,AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWI
TCH:0,D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITC
H:
0,RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_S
WITCH:
0,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH
:0,RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

108
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0,RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWI
TCH:0,L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_S
WITCH:0
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

109
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Optimiz
ationSwi
tch3
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010901
Intra
RNC
URA
Update
Meaning: 1)
Whether the RNC measures one successful handover or
relocation when receiving an Iu release command
message with the cause value "Network Optimization"
from the CN during an outgoing relocation or outgoing
inter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC measures one successful handover or
relocation. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
measures one failed handover or relocation. 2)
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH Whether PS
services are established on the FACH upon call
reestablishment. 1: This switch is turned on. PS services
are established on the FACH upon a call reestablishment
triggered by either of the following factors: - All
downlink radio links for a UE are out of
synchronization. - The SRB over the Uu interface is
reset. 0: This switch is turned off. PS services are
established on the DCH upon a call reestablishment
triggered by either of the preceding factors. 3)
Whether the RNC repeatedly calculates the number of
cell update attempts. A UE sends a CELL UPDATE
message in cell 1 and then sends another in cell 2 before
receiving a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message from
the RNC or responding to the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message. The UE completes the cell update
procedure in cell 2. In the preceding scenario, 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC measures one cell update
attempt only. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
repeatedly measures cell update attempts. 4)
D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Whether the optimized D2F procedure takes effect. 1:
This switch is turned on. An expired D2F procedure is
considered as successful if either of the following
conditions is met: - The RB reconfiguration message is
sent in unacknowledged mode (UM), and all the RLs in
the active set receive an RL Fail indication. - The RB
reconfiguration message is sent in the acknowledged
mode (AM), and an ACK response is received from the
UE. If neither of the preceding conditions is met, the
D2F procedure is considered as expired. 0: This switch
is turned off. The optimized D2F procedure does not
take effect. This switch is set to 0 by default. 5)
Whether the optimized F2D procedure takes effect. 1:
This switch is turned on. An expired F2D procedure is
WRFD0106100
6
WRFD020203
WRFD010902
WRFD010101
WRFD010510
WRFD020202
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
HSDPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Inter
RNC
URA
Update
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Intra
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

110
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
11 Parameters
Feature
Name
Description
Cell
Update
considered as successful if the RL status is normal. If

the RL status is not normal, the F2D procedure is
considered as expired. 0: This switch is turned off. The
optimized F2D procedure does not take effect. This
switch is set to 0 by default. 6)
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:
This switch is turned on. Load sharing of UEs in the
CELL_PCH state is not triggered among SPU
subsystems and the UEs in the CELL_PCH state are
periodically released on this SPU subsystem if the
following conditions are met: - The CPU usage of the
SPU subsystem exceeds a specified threshold and
exceeds the average CPU usage of the SPU subsystems
under the RNC. - The number of online UEs in the
SPU subsystems under the RNC. 0: This switch is
turned off. Load sharing of UEs in the CELL_PCH state
is triggered among SPU subsystems if the following
conditions are met: - The CPU usage of the SPU
subsystem exceeds a specified threshold and exceeds
the average CPU usage of the SPU subsystems under
the RNC. - The number of online UEs in the
SPU subsystems under the RNC. 7)
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC selects another DSP
to perform load sharing on the user plane when always
online users are activated. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not perform load sharing on the user
plane when always online users are activated. 8)
Whether the serving cell change procedure is allowed
during the release of all PS RABs. 1: This switch is
turned on. The serving cell change procedure is not
allowed during the release of all PS RABs. 0: This
switch is turned off. The serving cell change procedure
is allowed during the release of all PS RABs. 9)
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH How the
RNC will react if it receives an SCRI message with the
cause value "UE Requested PS Data session end" in the
middle of another procedure. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC maintains the original RRC state and does
not release the connection of the related UE if the RNC
receives an SCRI message with the preceding cause
value in the middle of another procedure. 0: This switch

111
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
is turned off. The RNC releases the connection of the

UE if both of the following conditions are met: The
RNC receives an SCRI message with the preceding
cause value in the middle of another procedure. The
TAC of the UE does not belong to the TACs that are
enabled with fast dormancy. 10)
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH Whether the RNC
retransmits a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to a
UE that is transitioning from the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC retransmits a CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message to a UE that is
transitioning from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
to the CELL_FACH state. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not retransmit a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message to a UE that is transitioning from
the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_FACH state. 11)
Whether to notify the NodeB of the abnormal RL release
due to poor Uu interface quality. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC notifies the NodeB of the abnormal RL
release due to poor Uu interface quality. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not notify the NodeB of the
abnormal RL release due to poor Uu interface quality.
12)
H Whether the RNC considers the D2F state transition
as successful if the RNC does not receive a response
message from the UE within the specified period after
sending a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURTION
message to the UE in acknowledged mode (AM). 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC considers the D2F
state transition as successful if the following conditions
are met: The RNC does not receive a response from the
UE within the specified period after sending a RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION message to the UE
in AM. All radio links (RLs) for the UE are out of
synchronization. The RLCs for all TRBs are in AM. If
any of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNC
undoes the D2F state transition. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC undoes the D2F state transition if the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period after sending a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AM. 13)
CH (Response Timer Optimization Switch for D2F and
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

112
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
F2D Procedures in AM) Length policy for the timer set

for the RNC to wait for a response message from the UE
after the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AM
during the D2F and F2D state transitions. 1: This switch
is turned on. The length of the timer equals its
configured value (value of the "RbRecfgRspTmr"
parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER" command)
plus four seconds. 0: This switch is turned off. The
length of this timer equals its configured value. 14)
D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH (DT Message
Buffer Switch During D2P) Whether the RNC buffers
the DIRECT TRANSFER message sent by the CN
during the D2P state transition. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT TRANSFER
message. The RNC sends a paging message to the UE
after the D2P state transition is complete and then sends
the buffered DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC forwards the
DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE immediately
after receiving it. 15)
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH Used to
solve code resource conflicts in compressed mode. 1:
This switch is turned on. Code resource conflicts in
compressed mode are solved. 0: This switch is turned
off. Code resource conflicts in compressed mode are not
solved. 16)
(Enable H Serving Cell Change MSG Size Reduction)
Whether to reduce the size of the HSDPA serving cell
change message. 1: This switch is turned on. The size
of the HSDPA serving cell change message is reduced.
0: This switch is turned off. The size of the HSDPA
serving cell change message is not reduced. 17)
(Fast HSDPA Serving Cell Change Optimization
Switch) Whether to enable the fast HSDPA serving cell
change optimization function. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC includes the IE Delay restriction flag in
the PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
message. For details about the IE Delay restriction flag,
see section 10.2.22 in 3GPP TS25.331. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not include the IE Delay
restriction flag in the PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message. 18)
ITCH(SHO Counting Correction Switch in RL
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

113
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Reestablish) When the RL reestablishment function is

enabled, a soft handover procedure is considered as
successful even if the ASU CMP message is not
received if RL reestablishment is triggered during the
soft handover. This parameter specifies whether to
correct the counting of successful soft handovers when
RL reestablishment is triggered during the soft
handover. 1: This switch is turned on. Such a soft
handover procedure is considered as failed. 0: This
switch is turned off. Such a soft handover procedure is
considered as successful. 19)
Whether to enable certain state transition-related
counters to be incremented on a PS RAB basis. These
counters include the VS.DCCC.P2D.Att,
VS.DCCC.P2D.Succ, VS.DCCC.Att.D2U, and
VS.DCCC.Succ.D2U counters. 1: This switch is turned
on. These counters are incremented on a PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is turned off. These counters are
incremented on a UE basis. 20)
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH(RAB
Setup Failure Statistical Optimization Switch) Whether
to optimize the statistics of counters measuring RAB
setup failures and abnormal RAB releases. 1: This
switch is turned on. Under this circumstance, the
statistics of counters measuring RAB setup failures and
abnormal RAB releases are optimized. 0: This switch is
turned off. Under this circumstance, the statistics of
counters measuring RAB setup failures and abnormal
RAB releases are not optimized. 21)
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH (Cell
Update Procedure Optimization Switch) Whether to
enable the optimized processing for the cell update
procedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC supports
the overlapping of these two procedures: cell update
procedure caused by RL failure and P2D/D2P/D2F state
transition procedure. For UEs in the CELL_DCH state,
the RNC performs a cell update procedure based on the
retransmitted CELL UPDATE message if the
retransmitted message carries an SRB or TRB reset
indication. For UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state, when the number of CELL UPDATE messages
with the cause value paging response or UL data
transmission exceeds the value specified by N381, the
RNC sends an RRC connection release message to the
UE in the cell where the UE sends the last CELL
UPDATE message. For UEs in states other than
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

114
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CELL_DCH or in the middle of state transitions other

than P2D, if the SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message with HRNTI from a UE through the DRNC
while waiting for the UE's response to the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message, the SRNC considers the
message as a retransmitted one. 0. This switch is set to
off. The optimized processing for the cell update
procedure is not supported. 22)
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH(Correct the
Paging Retransmission for PTT Services over Uu)
Whether to correct the retransmission period of paging
messages for push to talk (PTT) services over the Uu
interface. 1: This switch is set to on, the retransmission
period of PTT services is corrected. That is, if the RNC
does not receive a paging response within 320 ms after
sending a paging message, the RNC retransmits the
paging message. 0: This switch is set to off, the
retransmission period of PTT services is not corrected.
That is, the RNC retransmits a paging message only
when it does not receive a paging response within 640
ms after sending a paging message. 23)
CH (Respond to RAB Assignment Request upon RRC
Release) Whether the RNC processes the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and returns a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN
in the following scenario: After receiving a RAB
RELEASE REQUEST message from the RNC to
release the last RAB of a UE, the CN does not return an
IU RELEASE COMMAND message but returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST instead. 1: This switch is
set to on. The RNC processes the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message and returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN in the
preceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
does not process the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message in the preceding scenario. 24)
L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH (L2U UP Delay
Optimization Switch) Whether the RNC returns a
RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN to
start UP data transmission immediately after receiving
a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message
during a LTE-to-UMTS handover. 1: This switch is set
to on. The RNC immediately returns a RELOCATION
COMPLETE message to the CN in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. After the RNC
queries the UE's capability and the security mode
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

115
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
procedure is complete, the RNC returns a

RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN. 25)
TCH (Optimize UE Selection for Outgoing Inter-RAT
Handover in Basic Congestion) Whether the LDR
algorithm on the RNC side updates the attribute of
outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE after an F2D,
P2D, or D2D state transition procedure. 1: This switch
is set to on. The LDR algorithm on the RNC side updates
the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE
after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state transition procedure.
In this way, the LDR algorithm on the RNC side can
select appropriate UEs for outgoing inter-RAT
handovers when the cell is in basic congestion state. 0:
This switch is set to off. The LDR algorithm on the RNC
side does not update the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT
handover for a UE after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state
transition procedure.
GUI Value Range:
(SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH),
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH
(RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH),
(CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
), D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
(D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),
(F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
(FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
(FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),
(RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH),
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH
(SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH),
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH
(P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH),
(UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITC
H),
H
(D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH),
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

116
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH
(AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH), D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH
(CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH),
(H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH),
(FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH
),
ITCH
(RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_S
WITCH),
(COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH),
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH
(RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH),
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
(CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH),
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH
(PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH),
CH
(RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWIT
CH), L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH
(L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH),
TCH
(PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SW
ITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH,
D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,
RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH,
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH,
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH,
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

117
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
,
H,
CH, D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,
H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH,
ITCH,
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH,
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH,
CH, L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH
Default Value:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH:
0,UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITC
H:
0,D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH:
0,AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWI
TCH:0,D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITC
H:
0,RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_S
WITCH:
0,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH
:0,RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

118
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0,RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWI
TCH:0,L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_S
WITCH:0
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

119
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PROCE
SSSWIT
CH4
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010510
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Meaning: 1)
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (Hard
Handover Failure Rollback Switch for CS AMR Speech
Services) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
rollback caused by failed hard handovers of CS AMR
speech services. It is recommended that the timer T312
be set to 1 second (SET UCONNMODETIMER:
T312=1;) before turning on this switch. If the timer
T312 is not set to 1 second, AMR noise will occur on
some UEs. If the AMRC feature is enabled, the RNC
supports the hard handover failure rollback of only for
12.2 kbit/s narrowband AMR services. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not support rollback caused
by failed hard handovers of CS AMR speech services,
leading to call drops. 2)
RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
Switch) Whether optimization of the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. 1: This
switch is turned on. Optimization of the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the IE
RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same as
RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not replace the IE
CONNECTION SETUP message. 3)
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH (Switch
for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and Cell
Update Procedures) During the PS service setup, the
RNC undoes a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D for
short) procedure when it receives a Cell Update message
with the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2D
procedure. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
temporarily does not send the
RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to the
CN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits until
the Cell Update message is processed and the PS service
is set up successfully. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC directly responds to the CN with a
RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message with
the cause value "IU_UNSPEC_FAIL" after the F2D
procedure is undone, indicating that the PS service fails
to be set up. 4)
TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch for
WRFD0106090
2
WRFD010101
WRFD140226
WRFD140103
WRFD0204000
2
WRFD140205
WRFD020302
WRFD020303
WRFD020304
WRFD020305
WRFD020306
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and One
PS
Service
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Inter
System
Direct
Retry
Voice
Service
Experie
nce
Improve
ment for
Weak
Receptio
n Ues
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

120
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous uplink

and downlink Transmissions) This switch is turned on
to increase the total throughput in the uplink and
downlink only when uplink and downlink HSPA data
is transmitted simultaneously. In other scenarios, you
are advised to turn off the switch. 1: This switch is
turned on. The function of increasing the total
throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink and
downlink transmissions takes effect. 0: This switch is
turned off. The function of increasing the total
downlink transmissions does not take effect. 5)
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Reestablishments During the Physical Channel
Reconfiguration) 1: This switch is turned on. When UE
sends the RNC a Cell Update message with the cause
value "Radio Link Failure", the RNC reestablishes the
radio link for the UE under the following conditions:
The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
Reconfiguration message. The RNC detects interrupted
downlink transmission on SRB2 or the NodeB reports
that all radio links of the UE are out of synchronization.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
reestablish the radio link for the UE under the preceding
conditions. 6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Reestablishment Switch) 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC deletes the existing Iur radio links for the UE
during the RNC performing radio link reestablishment.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delete
the existing Iur radio links during the RNC performing
radio link reestablishment. 7)
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB Setup)
1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure: The
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if the
RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at
layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization upon expiration of the RL Restore
timer. The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
value of RL FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE
ERROR, or REENTERED SERVICE AREA. 0: This
switch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's
response during an RB setup D2D procedure, the RNC
does not perform an RL reestablishment or cell update
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
11 Parameters

121
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
even if the trigger conditions are met. 8)

RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITC
H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset) When the RNC receives
a TRB reset request from a UE in the CELL_FACH
state, the RNC cannot respond to the UE with a confirm
message if the FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from the
UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold. 1: This
switch is turned on. The UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. 0: This
switch is turned off. The UE does not move from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. This
function helps to reduce the number of call drops caused
by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset requests
during FACH congestion. 9)
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL Message
Switch) Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL
message to the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is turned on, testing the interworking between
the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN needs to
verify the serial number of direct transfer messages, turn
on this switch. The RNC rather than the CS CN sends
an IDENTITY REQUEST message to a UE to obtain
its IMEI. Upon receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE
message from the UE: 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends an MM NULL message to the CS CN. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not send an
MM NULL message to the CS CN. 10)
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH CS paging
message processing switch for UEs in the CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH state that support fast dormancy on the
drift radio network controller (DRNC) side. 1: This
switch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these UEs to
transition to the CELL_DCH state and to establish CS
services when these UEs receive a CS paging message.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
paging message. 11)
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message received by the UE expires.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

122
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with the

cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer in the
cell update message expires. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC abnormally releases the connection of the UE
when the T314/T315 timer in the cell update message
expires. 12) CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH
(Asynchronous Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not put the
activation time information element (IE) in the hard
handover configuration message for CS services. After
receiving the message, the UE immediately activates the
configuration. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
puts the activation time IE in the hard handover
configuration message for CS services. After receiving
the message, the UE activates the configuration at the
specified activation time. 13)
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO) 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC does not put the activation time
information element (IE) in the hard handover
configuration message for PS services. After receiving
the message, the UE immediately activates the
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO) 1: This switch is
configuration message across the Iur interface. After
receiving the message, the UE activates the
configuration at the specified activation time. 15)
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH (Switch for
Preferentially Allocating DPUe Resources to UEs That
Comply with 3GPP Release 8 or Later) 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC preferentially allocates DPUe
resources in any subrack to UEs that comply with 3GPP
Release 8 or later. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
preferentially allocates DPU resources in the subrack
that the UEs access to UEs that comply with 3GPP
Release 8 or later. The RNC allocates DPU resources in
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

123
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
other subracks only when the amount of consumed DPU

resources in this subrack exceeds a preset threshold for
inter-subrack resource sharing. 16)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch
for Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH) Whether the RNC queries the RLC state
before and after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH
state to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event
4B. A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.
This switch is introduced to solve this problem. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC state
before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B. If the
state query fails, the UE does not perform the state
transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE continues
with the state transition. The RNC queries the RLC state
again after the state transition is complete and before the
L2 link is deactivated. If there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB
data to be transmitted to the UE on the RLC, the paging
procedure is triggered. 0: This switch is turned off. The
original state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH is used. This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
17)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for RL Reestablishments During the inter-RAT
Handover) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a interRAT Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs
for the UE are out of synchronization upon expiration
of the RL Restore timer after the RNC sends UE a
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND message
or a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN
message and UE fails to receive these two messages. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish
the radio link for the UE under the preceding conditions.
18)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Reestablishments Triggered by TRB RESET) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radio
link (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic radio
bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the following
conditions: UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

124
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
any signaling procedure. UE has only one PS RAB. 0:

19)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishments During a PS RB Release) 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radio link
(RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer (RB) release
procedure under the following conditions: The RNC
detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
timer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends
UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message. The UE
has both CS RAB and PS RAB. The UE is in
CELL_DCH state. It is recommended that this switch
be used together with the
in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the radio link
for the UE under the preceding conditions. 20)
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for Enhanced RL Reestablishments During an
RB setup) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio
bearer (RB) setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D)
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message. The UE has no response to the RNC
after the RNC sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message. The switch
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
And it is recommended that the
and
WITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to on. 0:
21)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH Whether
to correct the methods for measuring the counters
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

125
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
related to RAB setup or reconfiguration failures of UEs

in the CELL_FACH state. The RAB setup or
reconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or F2D state
transition. This switch is turned off by default. 1: This
switch is turned on. The measurement methods of these
counters are corrected based on the measurement points.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement methods
of these counters remain unchanged. 22)
PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWIT
CH Whether to reestablish the call for the UE that sends
a CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes
the call for the UE that sends a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable error" in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the call for the
UE that sends a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
value "RLC unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state. 23)
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWIT
CH Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection. 1: This switch is turned on. If the best cell
is configured with a neighboring LTE cell and its
priority is lower than the priority of the neighboring
LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection. 0: This
switch is turned off. The UE does not perform fast cell
reselection. 24)
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer is
specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch parameter
in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command. 1: This
switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE transits from
CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the inactivity timer
expires. 0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTE
UE transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when
the inactivity timer expires. 25)
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the enhanced function of call reestablishment
during physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.
Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATE
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message
from a UE with a cause value of "radio link failure",
"RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

126
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
area" when expecting a response from the UE to the

physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
scenario, 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
preferentially processes the CELL UPDATE message.
preferentially process the CELL UPDATE message.
This parameter takes effect only when the
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 26)
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the
enhanced function of call reestablishment during RB
reconfiguration takes effect. Whether to preferentially
process a CELL UPDATE message when RB
reconfiguration is in progress. The RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message from a UE with a cause value
of "radio link failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or
"re-entering service area" when expecting a response
from the UE to the RB reconfiguration process. In this
It is recommended that this switch be used together with
the
turned off. The RNC does not preferentially process the
CELL UPDATE message. This parameter takes effect
only when the RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
check box under the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter
in the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is
selected. 27)SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH Whether to
stop RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)
for security-mode-enabled UEs whose user signaling
(except cell-related signaling) is processed by their
overflow RNCs due to load sharing and that are in the
security mode. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
stops RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)
for such UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused
by the ciphering activation time inconsistency between
the UEs and RNC. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
suspends RLC entities (except RLC entities used by
SRB2) for such UEs. 28)
GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWIT
CH Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

127
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UTRAN of the PS domain. 1: This switch is turned on.

The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For
details, see 3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message does not carry the IE GTP PDU
SN. 29)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of
reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-orderrequested. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DL
transmission is not reordered. 0: This switch is turned
off. The GTP-U DL transmission uses the DL GTP PDU
SN carried by the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message as the first SN for reordering. 30)
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH Whether not to
immediately process a TRB RESET message if the
corresponding TRB resets when an RRC-related
process is in progress. Note that the RRC-related
process is a process that is initiated after the UE in
question has set up a service. 1: This switch is turned
on, The RNC processes the message after the RRCrelated process is complete. 0: This switch is turned off,
The RNC immediately processes the message, releases
the RAB of the UE, and notifies the CN that the release
is an abnormal release. 31)
RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SW
ITCH Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-toCELL_DCH state transition for a UE not performing
any RRC-related process if the RNC detects a TRB
reset. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for such
a UE upon detecting a TRB reset. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC directly releases the service of the
UE and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormal
release. 32)
RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC reconfigures the transport layer information
and continues with data transmission. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
does not reconfigure the transport layer information and
data cannot be transmitted.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

128
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
GUI Value Range:

PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,
IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH,
H, SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH,
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH,
CH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH,
ITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

129
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
ITCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWIT
CH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

130
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWI
TCH:
0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWI
TCH:
0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWI
TCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

131
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Process
Switch4
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010510
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Meaning: 1)
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (Hard
Handover Failure Rollback Switch for CS AMR Speech
Services) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
rollback caused by failed hard handovers of CS AMR
speech services. It is recommended that the timer T312
be set to 1 second (SET UCONNMODETIMER:
T312=1;) before turning on this switch. If the timer
T312 is not set to 1 second, AMR noise will occur on
some UEs. If the AMRC feature is enabled, the RNC
supports the hard handover failure rollback of only for
12.2 kbit/s narrowband AMR services. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not support rollback caused
by failed hard handovers of CS AMR speech services,
leading to call drops. 2)
RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
Switch) Whether optimization of the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. 1: This
switch is turned on. Optimization of the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the IE
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same as
RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not replace the IE
CONNECTION SETUP message. 3)
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH (Switch
for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and Cell
Update Procedures) During the PS service setup, the
RNC undoes a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D for
short) procedure when it receives a Cell Update message
with the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2D
procedure. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
temporarily does not send the
RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to the
CN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits until
the Cell Update message is processed and the PS service
is set up successfully. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC directly responds to the CN with a
RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message with
the cause value "IU_UNSPEC_FAIL" after the F2D
procedure is undone, indicating that the PS service fails
to be set up. 4)
TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch for
WRFD0106090
2
WRFD010101
WRFD140226
WRFD140103
WRFD0204000
2
WRFD140205
WRFD020302
WRFD020303
WRFD020304
WRFD020305
WRFD020306
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and One
PS
Service
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Inter
System
Direct
Retry
Voice
Service
Experie
nce
Improve
ment for
Weak
Receptio
n Ues
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

132
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous uplink

and downlink Transmissions) This switch is turned on
to increase the total throughput in the uplink and
downlink only when uplink and downlink HSPA data
is transmitted simultaneously. In other scenarios, you
are advised to turn off the switch. 1: This switch is
turned on. The function of increasing the total
downlink transmissions takes effect. 0: This switch is
turned off. The function of increasing the total
downlink transmissions does not take effect. 5)
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Reestablishments During the Physical Channel
Reconfiguration) 1: This switch is turned on. The UE
sends the RNC a Cell Update message with the cause
value "Radio Link Failure" and the RNC reestablishes
the radio link for the UE under the following conditions:
The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
Reconfiguration message. The RNC detects interrupted
downlink transmission on SRB2 or the NodeB reports
that all radio links of the UE are out of synchronization.
reestablish the radio link for the UE under the preceding
conditions. 6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Reestablishment Switch) 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC deletes the existing Iur radio links for the UE
during the RNC performing radio link reestablishment.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delete
the existing Iur radio links during the RNC performing
radio link reestablishment. 7)
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB Setup)
1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure: The
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if the
RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at
layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
timer. The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC
value of RL FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE
ERROR, or REENTERED SERVICE AREA. 0: This
switch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's
response during an RB setup D2D procedure, the RNC
does not perform an RL reestablishment or cell update
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
11 Parameters

133
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
even if the trigger conditions are met. 8)

H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset) When the RNC receives
a TRB reset request from a UE in the CELL_FACH
state, the RNC cannot respond to the UE with a confirm
message if the FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from the
UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold. 1: This
switch is turned on. The UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. 0: This
switch is turned off. The UE does not move from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. This
function helps to reduce the number of call drops caused
by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset requests
during FACH congestion. 9)
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL Message
Switch) Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL
message to the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is turned on, testing the interworking between
the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN needs to
verify the serial number of direct transfer messages, turn
on this switch. The RNC rather than the CS CN sends
an IDENTITY REQUEST message to a UE to obtain
its IMEI. Upon receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE
message from the UE: 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends an MM NULL message to the CS CN. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not send an
MM NULL message to the CS CN. 10)
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH CS paging
message processing switch for UEs in the CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH state that support fast dormancy on the
drift radio network controller (DRNC) side. 1: This
switch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these UEs to
transition to the CELL_DCH state and to establish CS
services when these UEs receive a CS paging message.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
paging message. 11)
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message received by the UE expires.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

134
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with the

cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer in the
cell update message expires. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC abnormally releases the connection of the UE
when the T314/T315 timer in the cell update message
expires. 12) CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH
(Asynchronous Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not put the
activation time information element (IE) in the hard
handover configuration message for CS services. After
configuration message for CS services. After receiving
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO) 1: This switch is
the message, the UE immediately activates the
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO) 1: This switch is
receiving the message, the UE activates the
configuration at the specified activation time. 15)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch
for Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH) Whether the RNC queries the RLC state
before and after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH
state to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event
4B. A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

135
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.

This switch is introduced to solve this problem. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC state
before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B. If the
state query fails, the UE does not perform the state
transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE continues
with the state transition. The RNC queries the RLC state
again after the state transition is complete and before the
L2 link is deactivated. If there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB
data to be transmitted to the UE on the RLC, the paging
procedure is triggered. 0: This switch is turned off. The
original state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH is used. This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
16)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for RL Reestablishments During the inter-RAT
Handover) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a interRAT Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs
for the UE are out of synchronization upon expiration
of the RL Restore timer after the RNC sends UE a
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND message
or a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN
message and UE fails to receive these two messages. 0:
17)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Reestablishments Triggered by TRB RESET) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radio
link (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic radio
bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the following
conditions: UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in
any signaling procedure. UE has only one PS RAB. 0:
18)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishments During a PS RB Release) 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radio link
(RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer (RB) release
timer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

136
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message. The UE

has both CS RAB and PS RAB. The UE is in
CELL_DCH state. It is recommended that this switch
be used together with the
turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the radio link
for the UE under the preceding conditions. 19)
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for Enhanced RL Reestablishments During an
RB setup) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio
bearer (RB) setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D)
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message. The UE has no response to the RNC
after the RNC sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message. The switch
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
And it is recommended that the
and
WITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to on. 0:
20)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH Whether
to correct the methods for measuring the counters
related to RAB setup or reconfiguration failures of UEs
in the CELL_FACH state. The RAB setup or
reconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or F2D state
transition. This switch is turned off by default. 1: This
switch is turned on. The measurement methods of these
counters are corrected based on the measurement points.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement methods
of these counters remain unchanged. 21)
CH(RL Reestablishment Switch for PCH UEs
Experiencing RLC Unrecoverable Errors) Whether the
RNC reestablishes the radio link (RL) for the UE in the
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

137
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state after receiving a cell

update message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error" from the UE. 1: This switch is set
to on. When a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
sends a cell update message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error", the RNC reestablishes the RL for
the UE. 0: This switch is set to off. When a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state sends a cell update
message with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable
error", the RNC does not reestablish the RL for the UE.
22)
CH Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection. 1: This switch is turned on. If the best cell
is configured with a neighboring LTE cell and its
priority is lower than the priority of the neighboring
LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection. 0: This
switch is turned off. The UE does not perform fast cell
reselection. 23)
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer is
specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch parameter
in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command. 1: This
switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE transits from
CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the inactivity timer
expires. 0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTE
UE transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when
the inactivity timer expires. 24)
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the enhanced function of call reestablishment
during physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.
Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATE
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message
from a UE with a cause value of "radio link failure",
"RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service
area" when expecting a response from the UE to the
physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
preferentially process the CELL UPDATE message.
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in the
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

138
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 25)

RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the
enhanced function of call reestablishment during RB
reconfiguration takes effect. Whether to preferentially
process a CELL UPDATE message when RB
reconfiguration is in progress. The RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message from a UE with a cause value
of "radio link failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or
"re-entering service area" when expecting a response
from the UE to the RB reconfiguration process. In this
It is recommended that this switch be used together with
the
turned off. The RNC does not preferentially process the
CELL UPDATE message in the preceding scenario.
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box under
the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 26)
SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH Whether to stop RLC
entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2) for
security-mode-enabled UEs whose user signaling
(except cell-related signaling) is processed by their
overflow RNCs due to load sharing and that are in the
security mode. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
stops RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)
for such UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused
by the ciphering activation time inconsistency between
the UEs and RNC. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
suspends RLC entities (except RLC entities used by
SRB2) for such UEs. 27)
CH Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
UTRAN of the PS domain. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For
details, see 3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message does not carry the IE GTP PDU
SN. 28)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

139
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB

ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-orderrequested. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DL
transmission is not reordered. 0: This switch is turned
off. The GTP-U DL transmission uses the DL GTP PDU
SN carried by the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message as the first SN for reordering. 29)
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH Whether not to
immediately process a TRB RESET message if the
corresponding TRB resets when an RRC-related
process is in progress. Note that the RRC-related
process is a process that is initiated after the UE in
question has set up a service. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC processes the message after the RRCrelated process is complete. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC immediately processes the message, releases
the RAB of the UE, and notifies the CN that the release
is an abnormal release. 30)
ITCH Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-toCELL_DCH state transition for a UE not performing
any RRC-related process if the RNC detects a TRB
reset. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for such
a UE upon detecting a TRB reset. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC directly releases the service of the
UE and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormal
release. 31)
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC reconfigures the transport layer information
and continues with data transmission. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
does not reconfigure the transport layer information and
data cannot be transmitted.
GUI Value Range:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

140
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH,
CH,
ITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

141
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH,
CH,
ITCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWIT
CH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWI
TCH:
0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWI
TCH:
0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

142
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWI
TCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

143
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Improve
mentSwi
tch
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD021101
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Meaning: 1)
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
Whether to convert a specific cause value in the Cause
IE in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into "No
Radio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if an
incoming SRNS relocation fails due to insufficient code
or CE resources in the target UMTS cell. The original
cause value can be "Requested Maximum Bit Rate not
Available(20)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for DL
not Available(33)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for
UL not Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
Rate not Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
Rate for DL not Available(35)", or "Requested
Guaranteed Bit Rate for UL not Available(36)." 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC converts the cause value
in the preceding scenario and sends the CN a
RELOCATION FAILURE message. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC sends the CN a RELOCATION
FAILUR message with the original cause value. 2)
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH
Whether to immediately process an SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message when expecting a RADIO
message from a UE. The RNC is expecting the RADIO
message because the RNC is performing RB
reconfiguration of a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
state transition for the UE. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC immediately process the SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not immediately process the SRNS
CONTEXT REQUEST message. Instead, the RNC
continues to wait for the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message. 3)
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH Whether to
enable the DRNC to delay releasing code resources
when Iur links are set up. 1: This switch is turned on.
The DRNC delays releasing code resources and the
delay is 100 ms or x, whichever is smaller. x equals the
sum of 35 ms and the unidirectional Iub-interface FP
delay. 0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC releases
code resources when required. 4)
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH
Whether to enable the RNC to select a CN node based
on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIAL
DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged every time
a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services
WRFD020605
WRFD010510
WRFD010651
WRFD140103
WRFD010610
WRFD010612
WRFD0106150
2
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
WRFD011402
WRFD0106150
4
SRNS
Relocati
on
Introduc
tion
Package
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
HSDPA
over Iur
Call
Reestabl
ishment
HSDPA
Introduc
tion
Package
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

144
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PS
Services
when Iu Flex is applied. 1: This switch is turned on. The

RNC selects a CN node in the preceding way. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC selects a CN node based
DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged the first time
a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services if
Iu Flex is applied. 5)
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of specific counters by
one when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CS domain and an interRAT handover for CS+PS combined services is in
progress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, and
VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75. 1: This switch is turned on. The
values of the previously mentioned counters are
increased by one in the preceding scenario. 0: This
switch is turned off. The values of these counters are
increased by one when the RNC receives an IU
RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS and PS
domains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover for CS
+PS combined services is in progress. 6)
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in the
CELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming SRNS
relocation. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not send the message to the UE. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC sends the message to the UE. 7)
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH
Whether to immediately release the data of a UE from
an Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR
process. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
immediately releases the data of a UE from an Iur
common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR process.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the data
of the UE from the Iur common channel after the UE
completes the DSCR process. 8)
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS relocation
procedure for Blackberry UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending state. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate the
procedure for such UEs. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC initiates the procedure for such UEs. 9)
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH Whether to
increase the values of service setup attempt-related
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Encrypti
on
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
11 Parameters

145
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
counters by one in special scenarios. These counters are

VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, and
VS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64. The special scenarios are
as follows: Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN after
initiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the RNC
responds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE
message instead of processing the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. Scenario 2: The
MBDR algorithm is activated. The RNC receives two
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messages from the
same domain of the CN before receiving an interfrequency or inter-RAT measurement report from the
UE in question. In this case, the RNC responds to the
first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead of
processing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message. Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message where the values
of key IEs are incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNC
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. 1: This switch is
turned on. The values of the counters that are related to
service setup attempts are increased by one in any of the
preceding special scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off.
The values of the counters that are related to service
setup attempts remain unchanged in any of the
preceding special scenarios. This parameter is a
professional parameter and therefore you must
configure this parameter under the instruction of
Huawei technical support. 10)
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of the
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a per
PS RAB basis. 1: This switch is turned on. The values
of these counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is turned off. The values of these counters
are increased on a per UE basis. 11)
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH Whether to
enable the RNC to delay sending a MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC starts the T1 timer after receiving a RADIO
BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message. If the RNC
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

146
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT

message before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts the
T2 timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, the
RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
to the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC sends
a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC immediately sends
the UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message after
receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE
message. Note that T1 is controlled by the "DelaySndMeaCtrlT1" parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER"
command and T2 is controlled by the "DelaySndMeaCtrlT2" parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER"
command. 12)
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH Whether to
refuse to include an activation time to a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message when the DRD process is in
progress. 1: This switch is turned on. An activation time
is not included to a RADIO BEARER SETUP message
if the DRD process is in progress. 0: This switch is
turned off. An activation time is included to a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message if the DRD process is in
progress. 13)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing if the
UE does not respond within 3 seconds after receiving a
DIRECT TRANSFER message from the CN during a
CS call release. The value of the IE Message Type in
the DIRECT TRANSFER message is Disconnect. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC creates a DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends it to the CN. The value
of the IE Message Type in the DIRECT TRANSFER
message is Release. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not create the DIRECT TRANSFER
message. 14)
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes an RL
for a UE when both of the following conditions are met:
- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RB
reconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC. The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the NodeB
reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization. If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLC
UNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for the
UE's response, the RNC performs a cell update. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish an
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

147
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RL for the UE in the preceding scenario. 15)

SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1: This switch is turned
on. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's response in the
security mode procedure, the RL for the UE is
reestablished if the RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset
or if the NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out
of synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not reestablish an RL for the UE in the
PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH
Whether to query the UE capability at a delayed time in
the case of a PS HO-based CSFB. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC queries the UE capability at a
delayed time in the case of a PS HO-based CSFB. That
is, the RNC queries the UE capability after the CS
service is set up. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
queries the UE capability during the PS HO-based
CSFB. 17)PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
(Paging Optimization Switch) Whether the RNC
records the international mobile subscriber identity
(IMSI) of a UE in the idle mode when the UE does not
respond to a CS paging in time and the cause value
carried in the CS paging message is Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Low Priority
Signalling, or Terminating Streaming Call. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC records the IMSI of the
UE in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not record the IMSI of the UE in the
DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH(H2F
Control Switch After HSPA Deactivated) Whether to
transition UEs processing HSPA services to the
CELL_FACH state or release these UEs after the HSPA
function is deactivated in a cell. 1: This switch is turned
on. UEs processing HSPA services transition to the
CELL_FACH state after the HSPA function is
deactivated in the cell. 0: This switch is turned off. UEs
processing HSPA services are released after the HSPA
function is deactivated in the cell. 19)
OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state
during an incoming relocation procedure. 1: This switch
is turned on. Under this circumstance, the RNC does not
send a UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY message to a UE
in the CELL_DCH state during an incoming relocation
procedure. 0: This switch is turned off. Under this
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

148
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
circumstance, the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY

ENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state in
RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH Whether
to measure the number of RAB setup attempts when the
cross processing of RAB setup and cell update fails or
the radio link reestablishment triggered by RAB setup
fails. 1: This switch is turned on. The number of RAB
setup attempts is measured. 0: This switch is turned off.
The number of RAB setup attempts is not measured. 21)
FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_
URNTI Whether to delay the assignment of the URNTI
from one UE to another when the timer for the UE to
wait for a response message from the RNC expires after
the UE in the CELL_FACH state sends an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the DCCH.
This switch prevents the assignment of the URNTI from
one UE to another to avoid URNTI conflicts. This
switch is turned off by default. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC delays the assignment of the URNTI from
the current UE to another UE. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC immediately assigns the URNTI from the
current UE to another UE. 22)
FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the CCCH.
DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITC
H Whether to discard the cell reselection-triggered
CELL UPDATE message when the RNC receives this
message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state. The cell
reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message can be
sent only by a UE in a state other than CELL_DCH. If
the RNC receives this message from a UE in the
CELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this message
abnormal and discards it. This switch is turned off by
default. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards
the cell reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

149
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not discard

this message. 24)
SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWI
TCH Whether the main SPU subsystem cancels the
periodic transmission of status notification messages to
other SPU subsystems when the number of SPU boards
is close to the full configuration. 1: This switch is turned
on. The main SPU subsystem cancels the periodic
transmission of status notification messages to other
SPU subsystems. 0: This switch is turned off. The main
SPU subsystem periodically sends status notification
messages to other SPU subsystems. 25)
RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH Whether to release the RRC connection when the
RNC receives from the UE a RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message with the cause value of
"Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration" or
"Invalid configuration" during a UE state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC releases the RRC connection for
the UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
release the RRC connection for the UE. 26)
PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITC
H Whether to measure the number of PTT RAB setup
attempts for PTT RAB setup failures. 1: This switch is
turned on. The number of PTT RAB setup attempts is
measured. 0: This switch is turned off. The number of
PTT RAB setup attempts is not measured. 27)
P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH
Whether to roll back the P2D DRD procedure and select
a new cell for retry after the RNC receives a CELL
UPDATE message with the cause value of "Radio link
failure" during the waiting for a response message from
the UE for P2D DRD. This switch is turned off by
default. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls back
the P2D DRD procedure and selects a new cell for retry.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC uses the current
processing method and does not select a new cell for
retry. 28)
TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWI
TCH Whether to reestablish the TRB that uses the UM
RLC mode after the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message triggered by a TRB reset. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC does not reestablish the TRB that
uses the UM RLC mode. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC uses the current processing method and
reestablishes the TRB that uses the UM RLC mode. 29)
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

150
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWI
TCH Whether to send an initial direct transfer message
to another CN node without SCCP congestion when the
configured CN node experiences SCCP congestion in
Iu Flex networking. 1: This switch is turned on. The
initial direct transfer message is sent to another CN node
without SCCP congestion if the configured CN node
experiences SCCP congestion in Iu Flex networking. 0:
This switch is turned off. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to the configured CN node even if the
Iu Flex networking. 30)
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH When the RNC
delays the transmission of a routing area update message
to the CN in the following scenario: A CS service on an
LTE network is transferred to a UMTS network by CS
fallback (CSFB) and the CS service has not established
on the UMTS network. The UE has sent a DIRECT
TRANSFER or INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
message to the CN. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends a routing area update message to the CN
only after it receives a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message or after "Delayed Routing Area
Update Timer for CSFB UEs" expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not delay the transmission of
the routing area update message. 31)
CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure before the CS service is established
on the UMTS network in the case of CSFB. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate the IMEIbased Identity Request procedure. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure.
GUI Value Range:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH,
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH,
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH,
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH,
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH,
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH,
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH,
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH,
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH,
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH,
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH,
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

151
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH,
CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH,
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH,
PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH,
OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,
URNTI,
URNTI,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH, CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

152
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
URNTI,
URNTI,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
Default Value:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH:
0,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH:
0,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH:
0,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH:
0,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH:
0,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H:0,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH:
0 ,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH:
0 ,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH:
0 ,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH:
0,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH:
0,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
1,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI:
0,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

153
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWIT
CH:
0,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWIT
CH:
0,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H:
0,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH:
0,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SW
ITCH:1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH:
0,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITC
H:0
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

154
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Improve
mentSwi
tch
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD021101
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Meaning: 1)
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
Whether to convert a specific cause value in the Cause
IE in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into "No
Radio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if an
incoming SRNS relocation fails due to insufficient code
or CE resources in the target UMTS cell. The original
cause value can be "Requested Maximum Bit Rate not
Available(20)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for DL
not Available(33)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for
UL not Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
Rate not Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
Rate for DL not Available(35)", or "Requested
Guaranteed Bit Rate for UL not Available(36)." 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC converts the cause value
in the preceding scenario and sends the CN a
RELOCATION FAILURE message. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC sends the CN a RELOCATION
FAILUR message with the original cause value. 2)
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH
Whether to immediately process an SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message when expecting a RADIO
message from a UE. The RNC is expecting the RADIO
message because the RNC is performing RB
reconfiguration of a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
state transition for the UE. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC immediately process the SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not immediately process the SRNS
CONTEXT REQUEST message. Instead, the RNC
continues to wait for the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message. 3)
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH Whether to
enable the DRNC to delay releasing code resources
when Iur links are set up. 1: This switch is turned on.
The DRNC delays releasing code resources and the
delay is 100 ms or x, whichever is smaller. x equals the
sum of 35 ms and the unidirectional Iub-interface FP
delay. 0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC releases
code resources when required. 4)
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH
Whether to enable the RNC to select a CN node based
DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged every time
a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services
WRFD020605
WRFD010510
WRFD010651
WRFD140103
WRFD010610
WRFD010612
WRFD0106150
2
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
WRFD011402
WRFD0106150
4
SRNS
Relocati
on
Introduc
tion
Package
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
HSDPA
over Iur
Call
Reestabl
ishment
HSDPA
Introduc
tion
Package
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

155
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PS
Services
when Iu Flex is applied. 1: This switch is turned on. The

RNC selects a CN node in the preceding way. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC selects a CN node based
DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged the first time
a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services if
Iu Flex is applied. 5)
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of specific counters by
one when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CS domain and an interRAT handover for CS+PS combined services is in
progress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, and
VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75. 1: This switch is turned on. The
values of the previously mentioned counters are
increased by one in the preceding scenario. 0: This
switch is turned off. The values of these counters are
increased by one when the RNC receives an IU
RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS and PS
domains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover for CS
+PS combined services is in progress. 6)
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in the
CELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming SRNS
relocation. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not send the message to the UE. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC sends the message to the UE. 7)
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH
Whether to immediately release the data of a UE from
an Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR
process. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
immediately releases the data of a UE from an Iur
common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR process.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the data
of the UE from the Iur common channel after the UE
completes the DSCR process. 8)
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS relocation
procedure for Blackberry UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending state. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate the
procedure for such UEs. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC initiates the procedure for such UEs. 9)
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH Whether to
increase the values of service setup attempt-related
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Encrypti
on
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
11 Parameters

156
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
counters by one in special scenarios. These counters are

VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, and
VS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64. The special scenarios are
as follows: Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN after
initiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the RNC
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. Scenario 2: The
MBDR algorithm is activated. The RNC receives two
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messages from the
same domain of the CN before receiving an interfrequency or inter-RAT measurement report from the
UE in question. In this case, the RNC responds to the
first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead of
processing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message. Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message where the values
of key IEs are incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNC
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. 1: This switch is
turned on. The values of the counters that are related to
service setup attempts are increased by one in any of the
preceding special scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off.
The values of the counters that are related to service
setup attempts remain unchanged in any of the
preceding special scenarios. This parameter is a
professional parameter and therefore you must
configure this parameter under the instruction of
Huawei technical support. 10)
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of the
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a per
PS RAB basis. 1: This switch is turned on. The values
of these counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is turned off. The values of these counters
are increased on a per UE basis. 11)
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH Whether to
enable the RNC to delay sending a MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC starts the T1 timer after receiving a RADIO
BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message. If the RNC
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

157
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT

message before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts the
T2 timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, the
RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
to the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC sends
a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC immediately sends
the UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message after
receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE
message. Note that T1 is controlled by the "DelaySndMeaCtrlT1" parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER"
command and T2 is controlled by the "DelaySndMeaCtrlT2" parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER"
command. 12)
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH Whether to
refuse to include an activation time to a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message when the DRD process is in
progress. 1: This switch is turned on. An activation time
is not included to a RADIO BEARER SETUP message
if the DRD process is in progress. 0: This switch is
turned off. An activation time is included to a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message if the DRD process is in
progress. 13)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing if the
UE does not respond within 3 seconds after receiving a
DIRECT TRANSFER message from the CN during a
CS call release. The value of the IE Message Type in
the DIRECT TRANSFER message is Disconnect. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC creates a DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends it to the CN. The value
of the IE Message Type in the DIRECT TRANSFER
message is Release. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not create the DIRECT TRANSFER
message. 14)
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1:
for a UE when both of the following conditions are met:
- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RB
reconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC. The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the NodeB
reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization. If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLC
UNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for the
UE's response, the RNC performs a cell update. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish an
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

158
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RL for the UE in the preceding scenario. 15)

SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1: This switch is turned
on. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's response in the
security mode procedure, the RL for the UE is
reestablished if the RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset
or if the NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out
of synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not reestablish an RL for the UE in the
PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH
Whether to query the UE capability at a delayed time in
the case of a PS HO-based CSFB. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC queries the UE capability at a
delayed time in the case of a PS HO-based CSFB. That
is, the RNC queries the UE capability after the CS
service is set up. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
queries the UE capability during the PS HO-based
CSFB. 17)PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
(Paging Optimization Switch) Whether the RNC
records the international mobile subscriber identity
(IMSI) of a UE in the idle mode when the UE does not
respond to a CS paging in time and the cause value
carried in the CS paging message is Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Low Priority
Signalling, or Terminating Streaming Call. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC records the IMSI of the
UE in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not record the IMSI of the UE in the
DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH(H2F
Control Switch After HSPA Deactivated) Whether to
transition UEs processing HSPA services to the
CELL_FACH state or release these UEs after the HSPA
function is deactivated in a cell. 1: This switch is turned
on. UEs processing HSPA services transition to the
CELL_FACH state after the HSPA function is
deactivated in the cell. 0: This switch is turned off. UEs
processing HSPA services are released after the HSPA
function is deactivated in the cell. 19)
OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state
during an incoming relocation procedure. 1: This switch
is turned on. Under this circumstance, the RNC does not
send a UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY message to a UE
in the CELL_DCH state during an incoming relocation
procedure. 0: This switch is turned off. Under this
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

159
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
circumstance, the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY

ENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state in
RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH Whether
to measure the number of RAB setup attempts when the
cross processing of RAB setup and cell update fails or
the radio link reestablishment triggered by RAB setup
fails. 1: This switch is turned on. The number of RAB
setup attempts is measured. 0: This switch is turned off.
The number of RAB setup attempts is not measured. 21)
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the DCCH.
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the CCCH.
H Whether to discard the cell reselection-triggered
CELL UPDATE message when the RNC receives this
message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state. The cell
reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message can be
sent only by a UE in a state other than CELL_DCH. If
the RNC receives this message from a UE in the
CELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this message
abnormal and discards it. This switch is turned off by
default. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards
the cell reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

160
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not discard

this message. 24)
TCH Whether the main SPU subsystem cancels the
periodic transmission of status notification messages to
other SPU subsystems when the number of SPU boards
is close to the full configuration. 1: This switch is turned
on. The main SPU subsystem cancels the periodic
transmission of status notification messages to other
SPU subsystems. 0: This switch is turned off. The main
SPU subsystem periodically sends status notification
messages to other SPU subsystems. 25)
CH Whether to release the RRC connection when the
RNC receives from the UE a RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message with the cause value of
"Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration" or
"Invalid configuration" during a UE state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC releases the RRC connection for
the UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
release the RRC connection for the UE. 26)
H Whether to measure the number of PTT RAB setup
attempts for PTT RAB setup failures. 1: This switch is
turned on. The number of PTT RAB setup attempts is
measured. 0: This switch is turned off. The number of
PTT RAB setup attempts is not measured. 27)
P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH
Whether to roll back the P2D DRD procedure and select
a new cell for retry after the RNC receives a CELL
UPDATE message with the cause value of "Radio link
failure" during the waiting for a response message from
the UE for P2D DRD. This switch is turned off by
default. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls back
the P2D DRD procedure and selects a new cell for retry.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC uses the current
processing method and does not select a new cell for
retry. 28)
TCH Whether to reestablish the TRB that uses the UM
RLC mode after the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message triggered by a TRB reset. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC does not reestablish the TRB that
uses the UM RLC mode. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC uses the current processing method and
reestablishes the TRB that uses the UM RLC mode. 29)
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

161
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
TCH Whether to send an initial direct transfer message
to another CN node without SCCP congestion when the
Iu Flex networking. 1: This switch is turned on. The
initial direct transfer message is sent to another CN node
without SCCP congestion if the configured CN node
experiences SCCP congestion in Iu Flex networking. 0:
This switch is turned off. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to the configured CN node even if the
Iu Flex networking. 30)
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH When the RNC
delays the transmission of a routing area update message
to the CN in the following scenario: A CS service on an
LTE network is transferred to a UMTS network by CS
fallback (CSFB) and the CS service has not established
on the UMTS network. The UE has sent a DIRECT
TRANSFER or INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
message to the CN. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends a routing area update message to the CN
only after it receives a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message or after "Delayed Routing Area
Update Timer for CSFB UEs" expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not delay the transmission of
the routing area update message. 31)
Whether the RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure before the CS service is established
on the UMTS network in the case of CSFB. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate the IMEIbased Identity Request procedure. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure.
GUI Value Range:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

162
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
URNTI,
URNTI,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

163
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
URNTI,
URNTI,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
Default Value:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH:
0,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH:
0,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH:
0,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH:
0,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH:
0,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H:0,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH:
0 ,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH:
0 ,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH:
0 ,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH:
0,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH:
0,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
1,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI:
0,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

164
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWIT
CH:
0,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWIT
CH:
0,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H:
0,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH:
0,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SW
ITCH:1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH:
0,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITC
H:0
RbRelR
spTmr
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB release

Note.
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Unit: ms

Default Value: 5000
RbRelR
spTmr
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB release

Note.
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Unit: ms

Default Value: 5000
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

165
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Optimiz
ationSwi
tch
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD021101
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Meaning: 1. PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
network when no response is received after a paging
message is sent. 1: This switch is turned on. The paging
message is sent for a maximum of 5 times. 0: This switch
is turned off. The paging message is sent for a maximum
of 10 times. 2. ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Reestablishment During Soft Handover) Whether to
trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment during a soft
handover. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a
CELL UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently
the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of
the following conditions are met: -The RNC is waiting
for the UE's response to the ACTIVE SET UPDATE
message. -The RNC detects that downlink transmission
on signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the
NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
does not reestablish the RL for the UE when the
preceding conditions are met. 3.
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishment During Meas Control) Whether to
trigger RL reestablishment during measurement
control. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
following conditions are met: -The RNC has sent a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. The RNC detects that downlink transmission on SRB2
is disconnected when the UE state is stable. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the
RL for the UE when the preceding conditions are met.
4.
FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH. Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC
connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the UE
sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
reentering a service area. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a UE in
the preceding scenario. This solves the problem that a
network becomes inaccessible when such a UE reenters
a service area. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
directly releases the RRC connection after receiving the
CELL UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
Dormancy-capable that leaves and then reenters the
service area. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
WRFD010510
WRFD010651
WRFD140103
WRFD040100
WRFD010507
WRFD140226
WRFD020500
WRFD010301
WRFD0106150
2
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
HSDPA
over Iur
WRFD010801
Call
Reestabl
ishment
WRFD010802
Flow
Control
WRFD011402
Rate
Negotiat
ion at
Admissi
on
Control
WRFD0106150
4
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
Paging
UE in
Idle,
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

166
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
CELL_P
CH,
URA_P
CH State
(Type 1)
processes the CELL UPDATE message received from

the Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves
and then reenters the service area. 5.
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. Whether the
RNC normally releases connections when it detects
failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on RB SETUP
COMPLETE or RB RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE messages received from HSDPA UEs. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC normally releases
the connections when it detects the failed CRC. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally releases the
connections when it detects the failed CRC. 6.
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH. Whether the RNC
performs the directed retry decision (DRD) when it
value "uplink data transmission" or " paging response"
during UEs' state transition from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC performs the DRD in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not perform
the DRD in the preceding scenario. 7. P2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC switches a UE from the CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state when the
following conditions are met: The UE sends the RNC a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink
data transmission" or "paging response." The number of
UEs on the FACH reaches the upper limit or the UE is
to set up a CS service but the common channel is
congested. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switches
the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. 0: This
switch is set to off. The RNC does not switch the UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. This
parameter can be set in both the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" commands. The value of
this parameter in the "ADD UCELLCONNALGOPARA" command prevails. 8.
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS service setups
involving state transitions from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell updates
during the setup procedure. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC first processes the CELL UPDATE message
and then proceeds with the CS service setup procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Encrypti
on
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
11 Parameters

167
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CELL UPDATE message and does not proceed with the

CS service setup. This results in service setup failures.
9. SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it detects an
SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for decreasing the
number of UE call drops 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC reestablishes an RL when it detects the SRB
reset. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset. 10.
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether active link
re-establishment is allowed after the radio link fails 1:
This switch is turned on. Active link re-establishment is
allowed after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK
FAILURE INDICATION message and the timer used
to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION
message from the NodeB expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. Active link re-establishment is not allowed
after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE
INDICATION message and the timer used to wait for a
RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION message
from the NodeB expires. 11.
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when SRBs of a CS
service reset or all its RLs are out of synchronization. 1:
in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not reestablish an RL in the preceding
scenario. 12. PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether PS
services can trigger active link re-establishment 1: This
switch is turned on. PS services can trigger active link
re-establishment. 0: This switch is turned off. PS
services cannot trigger active link re-establishment. 13.
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it receives a CELL
UPDATE message carrying SRB reset information. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release the
RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC releases the RRC
connection. 14. RL_RESTORE_SWITCH Switch for
the radio link restoration timer 1: This switch is turned
on. If there are CS services and the last radio link fails,
the RNC waits for the radio link to restore before the
timer T313 expires. 0: This switch is turned off. If there
are CS services and the last radio link fails, the RNC
waits for the radio link to restore before the original
timer expires. 15. RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH Whether
to enable RNC-level UE state transition from
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

168
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast dormancycapable UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state
transition is enabled for the fast dormancy-capable
UEs.. 0: This switch is turned off. The state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for
the fast dormancy-capable UEs 16.
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH Whether the
RB release due to SCRI during RB reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop 1: This switch is turned on. The
RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is not
calculated as a call drop. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop. 17.
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH Switch for the RNC to
process the RRC connection setup requests from a UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases the
established RRC connection when the UE retransmits
RRC connection setup requests. 0: This switch is turned
off. When the UE retransmits the RRC connection setup
request to access the same cell, the RNC rejects the new
RRC connection setup requests. When the UE
retransmits the RRC connection setup request to access
different cells, the RNC releases the established RRC
connection. It is recommended that this parameter be set
to its default value and the parameter value be not
changed. If you need to change the value of this
parameter, ask for assistance from Huawei technical
support personnel. 18.
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH Whether the RNC
counts the number of retransmitted RRC connection
setup requests in the measurement of the
RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and RRC.AttConnEstab.Detac performance counters. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC counts the number of retransmitted RRC
connection setup requests in the measurement of the two
preceding performance counters. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not count the number of
retransmitted RRC connection setup requests in the
measurement of the two preceding performance
counters. 19. F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a UE
if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its three
failed attempts at the state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RRC
connection is released with the cause "User Inactive"
after the UE fails in the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH for three times. The
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

169
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
connection release is measured in the

VS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Loss.Abnorm counter. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RRC connection is not released
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and the UE
remains in the CELL_FACH state. 20.
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH Whether a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state preferentially performs
a state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH before initiating a CS
service. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first
performs a state transition from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS
service. 0: This switch is turned off. The UE first
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS
service. 21. SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH Whether
the relocation command sent from a UMTS network to
an unencrypted GSM network carries the UEA0
encryption information element (IE) when a UE
complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed over
from the GSM network to the UMTS network. 1: This
switch is turned on. The relocation command does not
carry any encryption IE. 0: This switch is turned off.
The relocation command carries the UEA0 encryption
IE. 22. P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH Whether to
reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol User plane
(GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH state performs
a cell update. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is
not reconfigured in the preceding scenario. 0: This
switch is turned off. The GTP-U is reconfigured in the
preceding scenario. 23.
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC does not adjust the activation time for encryption
parameters as long as the difference between the
activation times specified in an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message and in the corresponding RB
SETUP message is smaller than 200 connection frame
numbers (CFNs). 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
always adjusts the activation time for encryption
parameters based on an RB SETUP COMPLETE
message, regardless of the preceding difference. 24.
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reinitiates CS services upon receiving a RAB
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

170
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in which only the

CS allocation/retention priority (CARP) is changed. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not reinitiate
CS services, which prevents CS call drops. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS services,
which results in CS call drops. 25.
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the TMSI
REALLOCATION COMMAND message received
during the RAB setup and then forwards the message to
a UE after the RAB setup. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not buffer the TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during the RAB setup.
The RNC directly forwards the message to a UE. 26.
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH Whether an
UCP subsystem sends a PS service release message to
an Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty IP path, a
faulty Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) link,
or a reset on the Iu interface 1: This switch is turned on.
The UCP subsystem sends the PS service release
message to the Iu-PS interface board. 0: This switch is
turned off. The UCP subsystem does not send any PS
service release message to the Iu-PS interface board. 27.
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the RNC
initiates radio link (RL) reestablishment during a radio
bearer (RB) reconfiguration when the RNC detects that
a signaling radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a
UE are out of synchronization 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC initiates RL reestablishment during the
RB reconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not initiate RL reestablishment during the RB
reconfiguration. 28.
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH Whether the RNC
buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER message received from
the CN and sends a PAGING message after the RNC
receives a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from a UE moving from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH state (F2P for short) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends the PAGING message
to the UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does
not buffer the DIRECT TRANSFER message. 29.
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH Whether the RNC
performs compatibility processing upon receiving a
Signalling Connection Release Indication message with
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

171
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
the cause value "UE Requested PS Data Session End"

when CS+PS combined services are performed. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC performs compatibility
processing. It sends an RB RELEASE message
containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message. 30. GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
measures the number of call drops when releasing PS
services. 31.
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator
information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the MAChs reset indicator IE in the two preceding messages. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not contain the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages. 32.
UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL
Integrity Compatibility Optimization Switch) Reserved
switch for security mode compatibility handling. The
bit field value is not internally used in this version.
GUI Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
(PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH),
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
CH
(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH), UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

172
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH
(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH), P2D_SWITCH
(P2D_SWITCH),
(AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
(UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH),
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH),
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH),
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
(RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
(RRC_RECONN_SWITCH),
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
(RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH),
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
(F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH),
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH),
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
(SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH),
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
(P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH),
(RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
(CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH),
(RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH
(IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH),
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH),
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

173
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
(GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH),
(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H), UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
(UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
, UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

174
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:
0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:
1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:
1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:
0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:
0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:
0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:
1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:
1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:
0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:
0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

175
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Optimiz
ationSwi
tch
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD021101
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Meaning: 1. PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
network when no response is received after a paging
message is sent. 1: This switch is turned on. The paging
message is sent for a maximum of 5 times. 0: This switch
is turned off. The paging message is sent for a maximum
of 10 times. 2. ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Reestablishment During Soft Handover) Whether to
trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment during a soft
handover. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a
CELL UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently
the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of
the following conditions are met: -The RNC is waiting
for the UE's response to the ACTIVE SET UPDATE
message. -The RNC detects that downlink transmission
on signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the
NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
does not reestablish the RL for the UE when the
preceding conditions are met. 3.
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishment During Meas Control) Whether to
trigger RL reestablishment during measurement
control. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
following conditions are met: -The RNC has sent a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. The RNC detects that downlink transmission on SRB2
is disconnected when the UE state is stable. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the
RL for the UE when the preceding conditions are met.
4.
CH. Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC
connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the UE
sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
reentering a service area. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a UE in
the preceding scenario. This solves the problem that a
network becomes inaccessible when such a UE reenters
a service area. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
directly releases the RRC connection after receiving the
CELL UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
Dormancy-capable that leaves and then reenters the
service area. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
WRFD010510
WRFD010651
WRFD140103
WRFD040100
WRFD010507
WRFD140226
WRFD020500
WRFD010301
WRFD0106150
2
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
HSDPA
over Iur
WRFD010801
Call
Reestabl
ishment
WRFD010802
Flow
Control
WRFD011402
Rate
Negotiat
ion at
Admissi
on
Control
WRFD0106150
4
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
Paging
UE in
Idle,
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

176
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
CELL_P
CH,
URA_P
CH State
(Type 1)
processes the CELL UPDATE message received from

the Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves
and then reenters the service area. 5.
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. Whether the
RNC normally releases connections when it detects
failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on RB SETUP
COMPLETE or RB RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE messages received from HSDPA UEs. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC normally releases
the connections when it detects the failed CRC. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally releases the
connections when it detects the failed CRC. 6.
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH. Whether the RNC
performs the directed retry decision (DRD) when it
value "uplink data transmission" or " paging response"
during UEs' state transition from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC performs the DRD in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not perform
the DRD in the preceding scenario. 7. P2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC switches a UE from the CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state when the
following conditions are met: The UE sends the RNC a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink
data transmission" or "paging response." The number of
UEs on the FACH reaches the upper limit or the UE is
to set up a CS service but the common channel is
congested. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switches
the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. 0: This
switch is set to off. The RNC does not switch the UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. This
parameter can be set in both the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" commands. The value of
this parameter in the "ADD UCELLCONNALGOPARA" command prevails. 8.
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS service setups
involving state transitions from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell updates
during the setup procedure. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC first processes the CELL UPDATE message
and then proceeds with the CS service setup procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Encrypti
on
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)
11 Parameters

177
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CELL UPDATE message and does not proceed with the

CS service setup. This results in service setup failures.
9. SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it detects an
SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for decreasing the
number of UE call drops 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC reestablishes an RL when it detects the SRB
reset. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset. 10.
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether active link
re-establishment is allowed after the radio link fails 1:
This switch is turned on. Active link re-establishment is
allowed after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK
FAILURE INDICATION message and the timer used
to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION
message from the NodeB expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. Active link re-establishment is not allowed
after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE
INDICATION message and the timer used to wait for a
RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION message
from the NodeB expires. 11.
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when SRBs of a CS
service reset or all its RLs are out of synchronization. 1:
in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not reestablish an RL in the preceding
scenario. 12. PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether PS
services can trigger active link re-establishment 1: This
switch is turned on. PS services can trigger active link
re-establishment. 0: This switch is turned off. PS
services cannot trigger active link re-establishment. 13.
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it receives a CELL
UPDATE message carrying SRB reset information. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release the
RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC releases the RRC
connection. 14. RL_RESTORE_SWITCH Switch for
the radio link restoration timer 1: This switch is turned
on. If there are CS services and the last radio link fails,
the RNC waits for the radio link to restore before the
timer T313 expires. 0: This switch is turned off. If there
are CS services and the last radio link fails, the RNC
waits for the radio link to restore before the original
timer expires. 15. RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH Whether
to enable RNC-level UE state transition from
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

178
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast dormancycapable UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state
transition is enabled for the fast dormancy-capable
UEs.. 0: This switch is turned off. The state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for
the fast dormancy-capable UEs 16.
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH Whether the
RB release due to SCRI during RB reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop 1: This switch is turned on. The
RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is not
calculated as a call drop. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop. 17.
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH Switch for the RNC to
process the RRC connection setup requests from a UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases the
established RRC connection when the UE retransmits
RRC connection setup requests. 0: This switch is turned
off. When the UE retransmits the RRC connection setup
request to access the same cell, the RNC rejects the new
RRC connection setup requests. When the UE
retransmits the RRC connection setup request to access
different cells, the RNC releases the established RRC
connection. It is recommended that this parameter be set
to its default value and the parameter value be not
changed. If you need to change the value of this
parameter, ask for assistance from Huawei technical
support personnel. 18.
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH Whether the RNC
counts the number of retransmitted RRC connection
setup requests in the measurement of the
RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and RRC.AttConnEstab.Detac performance counters. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC counts the number of retransmitted RRC
connection setup requests in the measurement of the two
preceding performance counters. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not count the number of
retransmitted RRC connection setup requests in the
measurement of the two preceding performance
counters. 19. F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a UE
if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its three
failed attempts at the state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RRC
connection is released with the cause "User Inactive"
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH for three times. The
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

179
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
connection release is measured in the

VS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Loss.Abnorm counter. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RRC connection is not released
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and the UE
remains in the CELL_FACH state. 20.
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH Whether a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state preferentially performs
a state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH before initiating a CS
service. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS
service. 0: This switch is turned off. The UE first
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS
service. 21. SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH Whether
the relocation command sent from a UMTS network to
an unencrypted GSM network carries the UEA0
encryption information element (IE) when a UE
complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed over
from the GSM network to the UMTS network. 1: This
switch is turned on. The relocation command does not
carry any encryption IE. 0: This switch is turned off.
The relocation command carries the UEA0 encryption
IE. 22. P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH Whether to
reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol User plane
(GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH state performs
a cell update. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is
not reconfigured in the preceding scenario. 0: This
switch is turned off. The GTP-U is reconfigured in the
preceding scenario. 23.
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC does not adjust the activation time for encryption
parameters as long as the difference between the
activation times specified in an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message and in the corresponding RB
SETUP message is smaller than 200 connection frame
numbers (CFNs). 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
always adjusts the activation time for encryption
parameters based on an RB SETUP COMPLETE
message, regardless of the preceding difference. 24.
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reinitiates CS services upon receiving a RAB
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

180
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in which only the

CS allocation/retention priority (CARP) is changed. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not reinitiate
CS services, which prevents CS call drops. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS services,
which results in CS call drops. 25.
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the TMSI
REALLOCATION COMMAND message received
during the RAB setup and then forwards the message to
a UE after the RAB setup. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not buffer the TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during the RAB setup.
The RNC directly forwards the message to a UE. 26.
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH Whether an
UCP subsystem sends a PS service release message to
an Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty IP path, a
faulty Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) link,
or a reset on the Iu interface 1: This switch is turned on.
The UCP subsystem sends the PS service release
message to the Iu-PS interface board. 0: This switch is
turned off. The UCP subsystem does not send any PS
service release message to the Iu-PS interface board. 27.
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the RNC
initiates radio link (RL) reestablishment during a radio
bearer (RB) reconfiguration when the RNC detects that
a signaling radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a
UE are out of synchronization 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC initiates RL reestablishment during the
RB reconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not initiate RL reestablishment during the RB
reconfiguration. 28.
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH Whether the RNC
buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER message received from
the CN and sends a PAGING message after the RNC
receives a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from a UE moving from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH state (F2P for short) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends the PAGING message
to the UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does
not buffer the DIRECT TRANSFER message. 29.
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH Whether the RNC
performs compatibility processing upon receiving a
Signalling Connection Release Indication message with
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

181
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
the cause value "UE Requested PS Data Session End"

when CS+PS combined services are performed. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC performs compatibility
processing. It sends an RB RELEASE message
containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message. 30. GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
measures the number of call drops when releasing PS
services. 31.
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator
information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the MAChs reset indicator IE in the two preceding messages. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not contain the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages. 32.
UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL
Integrity Compatibility Optimization Switch) Reserved
switch for security mode compatibility handling. The
bit field value is not internally used in this version.
GUI Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
(PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH),
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
CH
(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH), UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

182
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH
(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH), P2D_SWITCH
(P2D_SWITCH),
(AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
(UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH),
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH),
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH),
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
(RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
(RRC_RECONN_SWITCH),
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
(RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH),
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
(F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH),
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH),
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
(SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH),
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
(P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH),
(RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
(CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH),
(RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH
(IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH),
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH),
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

183
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
(GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH),
(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H), UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
(UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
, UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

184
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:
0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:
1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:
1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:
0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:
0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:
0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:
1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:
1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:
0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:
0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0
CSRLR
eEstCell
UpdateT
mr
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Meaning: Amount of time the RNC waits for a cell

update message from a UE with ongoing CS services
after the RNC turns off the radio transmitter. Unit: ms
Unit: ms
Default Value: 15000
CSRLR
eEstCell
UpdateT
mr
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Meaning: Amount of time the RNC waits for a cell

update message from a UE with ongoing CS services
after the RNC turns off the radio transmitter. Unit: ms
Unit: ms
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

185
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PSRLRe
EstCell
UpdateT
mr
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Meaning: Time the RNC waits for a cell update message

from a UE with only ongoing PS services after the RNC
turns off the radio transmitter. Unit: ms
Unit: ms
PSRLRe
EstCell
UpdateT
mr
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Meaning: Time the RNC waits for a cell update message

from a UE with only ongoing PS services after the RNC
turns off the radio transmitter. Unit: ms
Unit: ms
NOutsy
ncInd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SETUP
MOD
UCELL
WRFD022000
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment
Meaning: Number of times of successive in-sync

indications required for starting the radio link failure
timer. When the radio link set is in the synchronized
state, the NodeB starts the timer after it receives
successive out-of-sync indications of the number
defined by "NOutsyncInd". The NodeB shall stop and
reset the timer after receiving successive in-sync
indications of the number defined by "NInsyncInd".
"TRlFailure" specifies the length of the timer. When the
timer expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failure
process, and indicates which radio link set is out-ofsync.
Unit: None
Default Value: 50
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

186
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
NOutsy
ncInd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SETUP
WRFD022000
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment

indications required for starting the radio link failure
timer. When the radio link set is in the synchronized
state, the NodeB starts the timer after it receives
successive out-of-sync indications of the number
defined by "NOutsyncInd". The NodeB shall stop and
reset the timer after receiving successive in-sync
indications of the number defined by "NInsyncInd".
"TRlFailure" specifies the length of the timer. When the
timer expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failure
process, and indicates which radio link set is out-ofsync.
MOD
UCELL

Unit: None
Default Value: 50
TRlFail
ure
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SETUP
MOD
UCELL
WRFD140103
WRFD022000
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment
Meaning: Radio link failure timer duration. When the

radio link set is in the synchronized state, the NodeB
starts the timer after it receives successive out-of-sync
indications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. The
NodeB shall stop and reset the timer after receiving
successive in-sync indications of the number defined by
NInsyncInd. When the timer expires, the NodeB
triggers the radio link failure process, and indicates
which radio link set is out-of-sync.
Unit: 0.1s
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5
Default Value: 50
TRlFail
ure
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SETUP
MOD
UCELL
WRFD140103
WRFD022000
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment
Meaning: Radio link failure timer duration. When the

radio link set is in the synchronized state, the NodeB
starts the timer after it receives successive out-of-sync
indications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. The
NodeB shall stop and reset the timer after receiving
successive in-sync indications of the number defined by
NInsyncInd. When the timer expires, the NodeB
triggers the radio link failure process, and indicates
which radio link set is out-of-sync.
Unit: 0.1s
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5
Default Value: 50
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

187
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
NInsync
Ind
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SETUP
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment

indications required for the NodeB to trigger the radio
link recovery process. The radio link set remains in the
initial state until it has received a number (the number
is defined by "NInsyncInd") of successive in-sync
indications from L1, and then the NodeB triggers the
radio link recovery process, which indicates that the
radio link set has been synchronized. Once the radio link
recovery process is triggered, the radio link set is
considered to be in the synchronized state. In the radio
link maintenance process.
MOD
UCELL
WRFD022000
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment

Unit: None
Default Value: 5
NInsync
Ind
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SETUP
MOD
UCELL
WRFD140103
WRFD022000
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment

indications required for the NodeB to trigger the radio
link recovery process. The radio link set remains in the
initial state until it has received a number (the number
is defined by "NInsyncInd") of successive in-sync
indications from L1, and then the NodeB triggers the
radio link recovery process, which indicates that the
radio link set has been synchronized. Once the radio link
recovery process is triggered, the radio link set is
considered to be in the synchronized state. In the radio
link maintenance process.
Unit: None
Default Value: 5
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

188
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RlRstrT
mr
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for radio link restoration

indication in the radio link procedure. Note: The value
range of "RlRstrTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current
version. In a later version, the value range changes into
100 to 300000. In the current version, if you enter a
value within the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value
can still be synchronized and issued but the system
regards the value as 11000, the recommended value.
Therefore, you are advised not to enter a value smaller
than 100. Disuse Statement:The value range of
"RlRstrTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current version. In a
later version, the value range changes into 100 to
300000. In the current version, if you enter a value
within the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value can
still be synchronized and issued but the system regards
the value as 11000, the recommended value. Therefore,
you are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100.
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment

Unit: ms
RlRstrT
mr
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for radio link restoration

indication in the radio link procedure. Note: The value
range of "RlRstrTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current
"RlRstrTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current version. In a
Unit: ms
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

189
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
T313
BSC690
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: Timer 313. T313 stars when a UE detects

N313 successive "out of sync" indications from Layer
1 and stops when the UE detects N315 successive "in
sync" indications form Layer 1. When T313 expires, the
radio link setup fails. The protocol-defined default value
is 3. The value of this parameter is contained in SIB1
messages.
WRFD140103
WRFD010802
WRFD010801
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
T313
BSC691
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
WRFD010802
WRFD010801
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

Unit: s
Default Value: 3
Meaning: Timer 313. T313 stars when a UE detects

N313 successive "out of sync" indications from Layer
1 and stops when the UE detects N315 successive "in
sync" indications form Layer 1. When T313 expires, the
radio link setup fails. The protocol-defined default value
is 3. The value of this parameter is contained in SIB1
messages.
Unit: s
Default Value: 3

190
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
N313
BSC690
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: Maximum number of successive "out of sync"

indications received from Layer 1. The protocol-defined
default value is 20. The value of this parameter is
contained in SIB1 messages.
Call
Reestabl
ishment
GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100,
D200
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200
WRFD140103
WRFD010802
WRFD010801
Unit: None
Default Value: D50
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
N313
BSC691
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
WRFD010802
WRFD010801
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: Maximum number of successive "out of sync"

indications received from Layer 1. The protocol-defined
default value is 20. The value of this parameter is
contained in SIB1 messages.
Call
Reestabl
ishment
D200
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Unit: None
Default Value: D50
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

191
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
N315
BSC690
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: Maximum number of successive "in sync"

indications received from Layer 1 after T313 starts. The
protocol-defined default value is 1. The value of this
parameter is contained in SIB1 messages.
Call
Reestabl
ishment
D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400,

600, 800, 1000
WRFD140103
WRFD010802
WRFD010801
Unit: None
Default Value: D1
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
N315
BSC691
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
WRFD010802
WRFD010801
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: Maximum number of successive "in sync"

indications received from Layer 1 after T313 starts. The
Call
Reestabl
ishment
D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400,

600, 800, 1000
Unit: None
Default Value: D1
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

192
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
T302
BSC690
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010901
Intra
RNC
URA
Update
Meaning: Timer 302. T302 starts when a UE sends a

CELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message and stops
when the UE receives a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM/
URA UPDATE CONFIRM message. When T302
expires, the UE resends a CELL UPDATE/URA
UPDATE message if the value of the counter V302 is
smaller than or equal to that of the parameter N302. If
the value of V302 is larger than that of N302 when T302
expires, the UE enters the idle mode. The protocoldefined default value is 4000. The value of this
WRFD010902
WRFD010101
WRFD040100
WRFD140103
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
Inter
RNC
URA
Update
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Flow
Control
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
GUI Value Range: D100, D200, D400, D600, D800,

D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000,
D4000, D6000, D8000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000,
1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000
Default Value: D2000
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

193
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
T302
BSC691
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010901
Intra
RNC
URA
Update
Meaning: Timer 302. T302 starts when a UE sends a

CELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message and stops
when the UE receives a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM/
URA UPDATE CONFIRM message. When T302
expires, the UE resends a CELL UPDATE/URA
UPDATE message if the value of the counter V302 is
smaller than or equal to that of the parameter N302. If
the value of V302 is larger than that of N302 when T302
expires, the UE enters the idle mode. The protocoldefined default value is 4000. The value of this
WRFD010902
WRFD010101
WRFD040100
WRFD140103
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
Inter
RNC
URA
Update
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Flow
Control
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
GUI Value Range: D100, D200, D400, D600, D800,

D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000,
D4000, D6000, D8000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000,
1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000
Default Value: D2000
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

194
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
T314
BSC690
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: Timer 314. T314 starts when the criteria for

radio link synchronization failure are fulfilled and only
RBs associated with T314 exist. T314 stops when the
cell update procedure is completed. The protocoldefined default value is 12. When a UE in the
CELL_DCH state experiences a radio link
synchronization failure, the UE starts T315 or T314 and
sends a CELL UPDATE message. Before T314 or T315
expires, the UE resends the CELL UPDATE message
if radio link reconfiguration through the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message fails. This provides an
opportunity for radio link reconfiguration, which is
associated with T302 and N302. It is recommended that
T314 be set to a value greater than the product of T302
and N302. The smaller the value of T314 is, the higher
the call drop rate of the corresponding service is. When
T314 expires and the UE is performing a CS service, or
T315 expires and the UE is performing a PS service, the
RNC releases the RRC connection. The value of this
WRFD140103
WRFD010802
WRFD010801
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
GUI Value Range: D0, D2, D4, D6, D8, D12, D16, D20
Unit: s
Default Value: D0
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

195
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
T314
BSC691
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations

WRFD140103
WRFD010802
WRFD010801
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
GUI Value Range: D0, D2, D4, D6, D8, D12, D16, D20
Unit: s
Default Value: D0
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

196
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
T315
BSC690
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations

WRFD140103
WRFD010802
WRFD010801
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D30, D60, D180, D600,

D1200, D1800
Unit: s
Default Value: D0
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

197
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
T315
BSC691
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations

WRFD140103
WRFD010802
WRFD010801
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D30, D60, D180, D600,

D1200, D1800
Unit: s
Default Value: D0
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

198
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RrcSecrt
ModeC
mpTmr
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to

security mode command from UE in security mode
procedure. Note: The value range of "RrcSecrtModeCmpTmr" is 1 to 10000 in the current version. In a
later version, the value range changes into 100 to 10000.
In the current version, if you enter a value within the
range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value can still be
synchronized and issued but the system regards the
value as 5000, the recommended value. Therefore, you
are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100. Disuse
Statement:The value range of "RrcSecrtModeCmpTmr" is 1 to 10000 in the current version. In a
are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000
RrcSecrt
ModeC
mpTmr
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations

security mode command from UE in security mode
procedure. Note: The value range of "RrcSecrtModeCmpTmr" is 1 to 10000 in the current version. In a
are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100. Disuse
Statement:The value range of "RrcSecrtModeCmpTmr" is 1 to 10000 in the current version. In a
are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

199
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
NoDisca
rdMaxD
AT
BSC690
0
ADD
UTYPR
ABRLC
WRFD020900
Logical
Channel
Manage
ment
Meaning: Maximum number of transmissions of a PDU

before the RLC entity is reset. This parameter is
applicable to only the AM RLC entity whose
"AMRlcDiscardMode" is set to NO_DISCARD. In this
mode, the RLC entity will be directly reset if the number
of retransmissions of an SDU reaches the value defined
by this parameter. The number of retransmissions at the
RLC layer increases when the Uu interface signal
quality deteriorates. In this situation, set the parameter
to a large value. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.322.
MOD
UTYPR
ABRLC
GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8,
D9, D10, D15, D20, D25, D30, D35, D40
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 35, 40
Default Value: None
NoDisca
rdMaxD
AT
BSC691
0
ADD
UTYPR
ABRLC
MOD
UTYPR
ABRLC
WRFD020900
Logical
Channel
Manage
ment
Meaning: Maximum number of transmissions of a PDU

before the RLC entity is reset. This parameter is
applicable to only the AM RLC entity whose
"AMRlcDiscardMode" is set to NO_DISCARD. In this
mode, the RLC entity will be directly reset if the number
of retransmissions of an SDU reaches the value defined
by this parameter. The number of retransmissions at the
RLC layer increases when the Uu interface signal
quality deteriorates. In this situation, set the parameter
to a large value. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.322.
GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8,
D9, D10, D15, D20, D25, D30, D35, D40
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 35, 40
Default Value: None
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

200
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
AMRlc
Discard
Mode
BSC690
0
ADD
UTYPS
RBRLC
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Meaning: Whether the AM RLC entity discards the

Service Data Units (SDUs) that need to be sent and, if
so, the discard mode. This parameter is applicable only
in the RLC AM mode. 1. If this parameter is set to
TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING,
timer-based SDU discarding is triggered. When
receiving an SDU from upper layers, the TX end starts
the timer for discarding SDUs. If the timer expires, the
TX end discards this SDU. At the same time, it sends a
Move Receiving Window (MRW) command to the RX
end, indicating the discard, to update the RX window.
In this mode, "ExplicitTimerDiscard", "ExplicitTimerMRW", and "ExplicitMaxMRW" need to be set. 2.
If this parameter is set to
DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMISSIONS, SDU discarding based on the maximum
number of retransmissions is triggered. If the number of
transmissions of a PDU exceeds the number specified
by "MaxDAT", the TX end discards the corresponding
SDU. At the same time, it sends an MRW command to
the RX end, indicating this discard, to update the RX
window. In this mode, "MaxDAT", "TimerMRW", and
"MaxMRW" need to be set. 3. If this parameter is set to
NO_DISCARD, the TX end does not discard any SDU.
If the number of transmissions of a PDU exceeds a
preset value, the AM RLC entity will be reset. In this
mode, "NoDiscardMaxDAT" needs to be set. For details
about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.322. Some RLC
SDUs may be discarded and so results in signaling
packet losses if this parameter is set to
TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING
or DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMISSIONS. Therefore, these values are not recommended.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
MOD
UTYPS
RBRLC
WRFD020900
Logical
Channel
Manage
ment
GUI Value Range:

DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMISSIONS, NO_DISCARD
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

201
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value: None
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

202
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
AMRlc
Discard
Mode
BSC691
0
ADD
UTYPS
RBRLC
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Meaning: Whether the AM RLC entity discards the

Service Data Units (SDUs) that need to be sent and, if
so, the discard mode. This parameter is applicable only
in the RLC AM mode. 1. If this parameter is set to
timer-based SDU discarding is triggered. When
receiving an SDU from upper layers, the TX end starts
the timer for discarding SDUs. If the timer expires, the
TX end discards this SDU. At the same time, it sends a
Move Receiving Window (MRW) command to the RX
end, indicating the discard, to update the RX window.
In this mode, "ExplicitTimerDiscard", "ExplicitTimerMRW", and "ExplicitMaxMRW" need to be set. 2.
If this parameter is set to
DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMISSIONS, SDU discarding based on the maximum
number of retransmissions is triggered. If the number of
transmissions of a PDU exceeds the number specified
by "MaxDAT", the TX end discards the corresponding
SDU. At the same time, it sends an MRW command to
the RX end, indicating this discard, to update the RX
window. In this mode, "MaxDAT", "TimerMRW", and
"MaxMRW" need to be set. 3. If this parameter is set to
NO_DISCARD, the TX end does not discard any SDU.
If the number of transmissions of a PDU exceeds a
preset value, the AM RLC entity will be reset. In this
mode, "NoDiscardMaxDAT" needs to be set. For details
about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.322. Some RLC
SDUs may be discarded and so results in signaling
packet losses if this parameter is set to
TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING
or DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMISSIONS. Therefore, these values are not recommended.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
MOD
UTYPS
RBRLC
WRFD020900
Logical
Channel
Manage
ment
GUI Value Range:

Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

203
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value: None

HoAsuT
mr
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD140103
WRFD020203
WRFD020202
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Intra
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to active

set update in soft handover procedure. Note: The value
range of "HoAsuTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current
"HoAsuTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current version. In a
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000
HoAsuT
mr
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD140103
WRFD020203
WRFD020202
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Intra
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to active

set update in soft handover procedure. Note: The value
range of "HoAsuTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current
"HoAsuTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current version. In a
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

204
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
HoPhyc
hRecfgT
mr
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment

physical channel reconfiguration in hard handover
procedure. Note: The value range of
"HoPhychRecfgTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current
than 100.
WRFD020301
WRFD020302
WRFD020304
Intra
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000

205
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
HoPhyc
hRecfgT
mr
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD140103
Call
Reestabl
ishment

physical channel reconfiguration in hard handover
procedure. Note: The value range of
than 100.
WRFD020301
WRFD020302
WRFD020304
Intra
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
RbRecfg
RspTmr
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
WRFD140103

Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: A timer used to wait for the RB

reconfiguration response from UE in the RB procedure.
Refer to the Note.
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Unit: ms

Default Value: 5000
RbRecfg
RspTmr
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: A timer used to wait for the RB

reconfiguration response from UE in the RB procedure.
Refer to the Note.
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Unit: ms

Default Value: 5000
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

206
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch5
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None
Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 5.

The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with
a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter
ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1,
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

207
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1:1,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_5_BIT2:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT3:1,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT4:1,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_5_BIT5:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT6:1,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT7:1,RESERVED_SWITC
H_5_BIT8:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT9:1,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT10:1,RESERVED_SWITC
H_5_BIT11:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT12:1,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13:1,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_5_BIT14:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT15:1,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT16:1,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_5_BIT17:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT18:1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT19:1,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_5_BIT20:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT21:1
,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT22:1,RESERVED_S
WITCH_5_BIT23:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT2
4:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT25:1,RESERVED_
SWITCH_5_BIT26:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

208
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
27:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT28:1,RESERVED
_SWITCH_5_BIT29:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BI
T30:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT31:1,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_5_BIT32:1
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

209
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch5
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None
Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 5.

The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with
a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter
ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1,
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

210
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1:1,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_5_BIT2:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT3:1,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT4:1,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_5_BIT5:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT6:1,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT7:1,RESERVED_SWITC
H_5_BIT8:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT9:1,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT10:1,RESERVED_SWITC
H_5_BIT11:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT12:1,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13:1,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_5_BIT14:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT15:1,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT16:1,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_5_BIT17:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT18:1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT19:1,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_5_BIT20:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT21:1
,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT22:1,RESERVED_S
WITCH_5_BIT23:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT2
4:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT25:1,RESERVED_
SWITCH_5_BIT26:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

211
WCDMA RAN
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
27:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT28:1,RESERVED
_SWITCH_5_BIT29:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BI
T30:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT31:1,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_5_BIT32:1
N302
BSC690
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010901
WRFD010902
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
Intra
RNC
URA
Update
Meaning: Maximum number of retransmissions of the

CELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message. The
Inter
RNC
URA
Update
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Default Value: 3
Unit: None
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

212
WCDMA RAN
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
N302
BSC691
0
SET
UCONN
MODET
IMER
WRFD010901
Intra
RNC
URA
Update
Meaning: Maximum number of retransmissions of the

CELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message. The
Inter
RNC
URA
Update
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Default Value: 3
WRFD010902
WRFD010101
WRFD140103
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
Unit: None
Call
Reestabl
ishment
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

213
WCDMA RAN
12 Counters
12
Counters
There are no specific counters associated with this feature.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

214
WCDMA RAN
13 Glossary
13
Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

215
WCDMA RAN
14
14 Reference Documents
Reference Documents
1.
3GPP TS 25.331, "Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification"
2.
3GPP TS 25.214, "Physical layer procedures (FDD)"
3.
3GPP TS 25.331, "Re-establishment timer"
4.
3GPP TS 25.331, "RLC re-establishment or inter-RAT change"
Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

216

Call Reestablishment (RAN16.0 01)

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Call Reestablishment (RAN16.0 01)

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

WCDMA RAN

Call Reestablishment Feature

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Huawei Industrial Base

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

3 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization..........................................................................................10

6 Air-Interface Process Timeout..................................................................................................25

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

6.1 Air-Interface Process Timeout Detection.....................................................................................................................25

7 Air-interface Process Overlap...................................................................................................39

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

About This Document

1.2 Intended Audience

Need to understand the features described herein

Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

Optimized descriptions in the

Deleted descriptions about the

Optimized descriptions of MML

RAN16.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)

Added the method of monitoring

Added the StatisticTmrAfterRlReEst

Added the restriction that UEs

Added the following switch and

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

Optimized the call

Added the following switch and

Optimized the call

Added the following switches:

This feature can be batch activated

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

l 3900 series base stations

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

This document describes only call reestablishment initiated by the RAN.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Air-interface process timeout

Air-interface process overlap

Processes That Can Trigger Call Reestablishment

Physical channel reconfiguration

Measurement control command issuing

Security mode setup

Mapping Between Service Types, Triggering Processes, and Triggering Causes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Code tree reshuffling

Serving cell update

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Measurement control command issuing

Security mode setup

Power adjustments for HSUPA channels

PS service data transmission

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Service/Process/Cause Switches of Call Reestablishment

The TAC_FUNC(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to Special_User_Enhance.

SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION under the